File: | lib/Support/APInt.cpp |
Warning: | line 590, column 18 Use of memory after it is freed |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===-- APInt.cpp - Implement APInt class ---------------------------------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integer | ||||
10 | // constant values and provide a variety of arithmetic operations on them. | ||||
11 | // | ||||
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
13 | |||||
14 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" | ||||
15 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | ||||
16 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" | ||||
17 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" | ||||
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||
19 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||
20 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | ||||
21 | #include "llvm/ADT/bit.h" | ||||
22 | #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h" | ||||
23 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" | ||||
24 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | ||||
25 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | ||||
26 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | ||||
27 | #include <climits> | ||||
28 | #include <cmath> | ||||
29 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||
30 | #include <cstring> | ||||
31 | using namespace llvm; | ||||
32 | |||||
33 | #define DEBUG_TYPE"apint" "apint" | ||||
34 | |||||
35 | /// A utility function for allocating memory, checking for allocation failures, | ||||
36 | /// and ensuring the contents are zeroed. | ||||
37 | inline static uint64_t* getClearedMemory(unsigned numWords) { | ||||
38 | uint64_t *result = new uint64_t[numWords]; | ||||
39 | memset(result, 0, numWords * sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||
40 | return result; | ||||
41 | } | ||||
42 | |||||
43 | /// A utility function for allocating memory and checking for allocation | ||||
44 | /// failure. The content is not zeroed. | ||||
45 | inline static uint64_t* getMemory(unsigned numWords) { | ||||
46 | return new uint64_t[numWords]; | ||||
47 | } | ||||
48 | |||||
49 | /// A utility function that converts a character to a digit. | ||||
50 | inline static unsigned getDigit(char cdigit, uint8_t radix) { | ||||
51 | unsigned r; | ||||
52 | |||||
53 | if (radix == 16 || radix == 36) { | ||||
54 | r = cdigit - '0'; | ||||
55 | if (r <= 9) | ||||
56 | return r; | ||||
57 | |||||
58 | r = cdigit - 'A'; | ||||
59 | if (r <= radix - 11U) | ||||
60 | return r + 10; | ||||
61 | |||||
62 | r = cdigit - 'a'; | ||||
63 | if (r <= radix - 11U) | ||||
64 | return r + 10; | ||||
65 | |||||
66 | radix = 10; | ||||
67 | } | ||||
68 | |||||
69 | r = cdigit - '0'; | ||||
70 | if (r < radix) | ||||
71 | return r; | ||||
72 | |||||
73 | return -1U; | ||||
74 | } | ||||
75 | |||||
76 | |||||
77 | void APInt::initSlowCase(uint64_t val, bool isSigned) { | ||||
78 | U.pVal = getClearedMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||
79 | U.pVal[0] = val; | ||||
80 | if (isSigned
| ||||
81 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < getNumWords(); ++i) | ||||
82 | U.pVal[i] = WORDTYPE_MAX; | ||||
83 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
84 | } | ||||
85 | |||||
86 | void APInt::initSlowCase(const APInt& that) { | ||||
87 | U.pVal = getMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||
88 | memcpy(U.pVal, that.U.pVal, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
89 | } | ||||
90 | |||||
91 | void APInt::initFromArray(ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal) { | ||||
92 | assert(BitWidth && "Bitwidth too small")((BitWidth && "Bitwidth too small") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"Bitwidth too small\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 92, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
93 | assert(bigVal.data() && "Null pointer detected!")((bigVal.data() && "Null pointer detected!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bigVal.data() && \"Null pointer detected!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 93, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
94 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
95 | U.VAL = bigVal[0]; | ||||
96 | else { | ||||
97 | // Get memory, cleared to 0 | ||||
98 | U.pVal = getClearedMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||
99 | // Calculate the number of words to copy | ||||
100 | unsigned words = std::min<unsigned>(bigVal.size(), getNumWords()); | ||||
101 | // Copy the words from bigVal to pVal | ||||
102 | memcpy(U.pVal, bigVal.data(), words * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
103 | } | ||||
104 | // Make sure unused high bits are cleared | ||||
105 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
106 | } | ||||
107 | |||||
108 | APInt::APInt(unsigned numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal) | ||||
109 | : BitWidth(numBits) { | ||||
110 | initFromArray(bigVal); | ||||
111 | } | ||||
112 | |||||
113 | APInt::APInt(unsigned numBits, unsigned numWords, const uint64_t bigVal[]) | ||||
114 | : BitWidth(numBits) { | ||||
115 | initFromArray(makeArrayRef(bigVal, numWords)); | ||||
116 | } | ||||
117 | |||||
118 | APInt::APInt(unsigned numbits, StringRef Str, uint8_t radix) | ||||
119 | : BitWidth(numbits) { | ||||
120 | assert(BitWidth && "Bitwidth too small")((BitWidth && "Bitwidth too small") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"Bitwidth too small\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 120, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
121 | fromString(numbits, Str, radix); | ||||
122 | } | ||||
123 | |||||
124 | void APInt::reallocate(unsigned NewBitWidth) { | ||||
125 | // If the number of words is the same we can just change the width and stop. | ||||
126 | if (getNumWords() == getNumWords(NewBitWidth)) { | ||||
127 | BitWidth = NewBitWidth; | ||||
128 | return; | ||||
129 | } | ||||
130 | |||||
131 | // If we have an allocation, delete it. | ||||
132 | if (!isSingleWord()) | ||||
133 | delete [] U.pVal; | ||||
134 | |||||
135 | // Update BitWidth. | ||||
136 | BitWidth = NewBitWidth; | ||||
137 | |||||
138 | // If we are supposed to have an allocation, create it. | ||||
139 | if (!isSingleWord()) | ||||
140 | U.pVal = getMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||
141 | } | ||||
142 | |||||
143 | void APInt::AssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
144 | // Don't do anything for X = X | ||||
145 | if (this == &RHS) | ||||
146 | return; | ||||
147 | |||||
148 | // Adjust the bit width and handle allocations as necessary. | ||||
149 | reallocate(RHS.getBitWidth()); | ||||
150 | |||||
151 | // Copy the data. | ||||
152 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
153 | U.VAL = RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
154 | else | ||||
155 | memcpy(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
156 | } | ||||
157 | |||||
158 | /// This method 'profiles' an APInt for use with FoldingSet. | ||||
159 | void APInt::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const { | ||||
160 | ID.AddInteger(BitWidth); | ||||
161 | |||||
162 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
163 | ID.AddInteger(U.VAL); | ||||
164 | return; | ||||
165 | } | ||||
166 | |||||
167 | unsigned NumWords = getNumWords(); | ||||
168 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumWords; ++i) | ||||
169 | ID.AddInteger(U.pVal[i]); | ||||
170 | } | ||||
171 | |||||
172 | /// Prefix increment operator. Increments the APInt by one. | ||||
173 | APInt& APInt::operator++() { | ||||
174 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
175 | ++U.VAL; | ||||
176 | else | ||||
177 | tcIncrement(U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
178 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
179 | } | ||||
180 | |||||
181 | /// Prefix decrement operator. Decrements the APInt by one. | ||||
182 | APInt& APInt::operator--() { | ||||
183 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
184 | --U.VAL; | ||||
185 | else | ||||
186 | tcDecrement(U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
187 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
188 | } | ||||
189 | |||||
190 | /// Adds the RHS APint to this APInt. | ||||
191 | /// @returns this, after addition of RHS. | ||||
192 | /// Addition assignment operator. | ||||
193 | APInt& APInt::operator+=(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
194 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
195 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
196 | U.VAL += RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
197 | else | ||||
198 | tcAdd(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, 0, getNumWords()); | ||||
199 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
200 | } | ||||
201 | |||||
202 | APInt& APInt::operator+=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
203 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
204 | U.VAL += RHS; | ||||
205 | else | ||||
206 | tcAddPart(U.pVal, RHS, getNumWords()); | ||||
207 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
208 | } | ||||
209 | |||||
210 | /// Subtracts the RHS APInt from this APInt | ||||
211 | /// @returns this, after subtraction | ||||
212 | /// Subtraction assignment operator. | ||||
213 | APInt& APInt::operator-=(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
214 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 214, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
215 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
216 | U.VAL -= RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
217 | else | ||||
218 | tcSubtract(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, 0, getNumWords()); | ||||
219 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
220 | } | ||||
221 | |||||
222 | APInt& APInt::operator-=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
223 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
224 | U.VAL -= RHS; | ||||
225 | else | ||||
226 | tcSubtractPart(U.pVal, RHS, getNumWords()); | ||||
227 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
228 | } | ||||
229 | |||||
230 | APInt APInt::operator*(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||
231 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 231, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
232 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
233 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL * RHS.U.VAL); | ||||
234 | |||||
235 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords()), getBitWidth()); | ||||
236 | |||||
237 | tcMultiply(Result.U.pVal, U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
238 | |||||
239 | Result.clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
240 | return Result; | ||||
241 | } | ||||
242 | |||||
243 | void APInt::AndAssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
244 | tcAnd(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
245 | } | ||||
246 | |||||
247 | void APInt::OrAssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
248 | tcOr(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
249 | } | ||||
250 | |||||
251 | void APInt::XorAssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
252 | tcXor(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
253 | } | ||||
254 | |||||
255 | APInt& APInt::operator*=(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||
256 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 256, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
257 | *this = *this * RHS; | ||||
258 | return *this; | ||||
259 | } | ||||
260 | |||||
261 | APInt& APInt::operator*=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
262 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
263 | U.VAL *= RHS; | ||||
264 | } else { | ||||
265 | unsigned NumWords = getNumWords(); | ||||
266 | tcMultiplyPart(U.pVal, U.pVal, RHS, 0, NumWords, NumWords, false); | ||||
267 | } | ||||
268 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
269 | } | ||||
270 | |||||
271 | bool APInt::EqualSlowCase(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||
272 | return std::equal(U.pVal, U.pVal + getNumWords(), RHS.U.pVal); | ||||
273 | } | ||||
274 | |||||
275 | int APInt::compare(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||
276 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be same for comparison\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 276, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
277 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
278 | return U.VAL < RHS.U.VAL ? -1 : U.VAL > RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
279 | |||||
280 | return tcCompare(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
281 | } | ||||
282 | |||||
283 | int APInt::compareSigned(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||
284 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be same for comparison\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 284, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
285 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
286 | int64_t lhsSext = SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth); | ||||
287 | int64_t rhsSext = SignExtend64(RHS.U.VAL, BitWidth); | ||||
288 | return lhsSext < rhsSext ? -1 : lhsSext > rhsSext; | ||||
289 | } | ||||
290 | |||||
291 | bool lhsNeg = isNegative(); | ||||
292 | bool rhsNeg = RHS.isNegative(); | ||||
293 | |||||
294 | // If the sign bits don't match, then (LHS < RHS) if LHS is negative | ||||
295 | if (lhsNeg != rhsNeg) | ||||
296 | return lhsNeg ? -1 : 1; | ||||
297 | |||||
298 | // Otherwise we can just use an unsigned comparison, because even negative | ||||
299 | // numbers compare correctly this way if both have the same signed-ness. | ||||
300 | return tcCompare(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
301 | } | ||||
302 | |||||
303 | void APInt::setBitsSlowCase(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { | ||||
304 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(loBit); | ||||
305 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(hiBit); | ||||
306 | |||||
307 | // Create an initial mask for the low word with zeros below loBit. | ||||
308 | uint64_t loMask = WORDTYPE_MAX << whichBit(loBit); | ||||
309 | |||||
310 | // If hiBit is not aligned, we need a high mask. | ||||
311 | unsigned hiShiftAmt = whichBit(hiBit); | ||||
312 | if (hiShiftAmt != 0) { | ||||
313 | // Create a high mask with zeros above hiBit. | ||||
314 | uint64_t hiMask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - hiShiftAmt); | ||||
315 | // If loWord and hiWord are equal, then we combine the masks. Otherwise, | ||||
316 | // set the bits in hiWord. | ||||
317 | if (hiWord == loWord) | ||||
318 | loMask &= hiMask; | ||||
319 | else | ||||
320 | U.pVal[hiWord] |= hiMask; | ||||
321 | } | ||||
322 | // Apply the mask to the low word. | ||||
323 | U.pVal[loWord] |= loMask; | ||||
324 | |||||
325 | // Fill any words between loWord and hiWord with all ones. | ||||
326 | for (unsigned word = loWord + 1; word < hiWord; ++word) | ||||
327 | U.pVal[word] = WORDTYPE_MAX; | ||||
328 | } | ||||
329 | |||||
330 | /// Toggle every bit to its opposite value. | ||||
331 | void APInt::flipAllBitsSlowCase() { | ||||
332 | tcComplement(U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||
333 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
334 | } | ||||
335 | |||||
336 | /// Toggle a given bit to its opposite value whose position is given | ||||
337 | /// as "bitPosition". | ||||
338 | /// Toggles a given bit to its opposite value. | ||||
339 | void APInt::flipBit(unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||
340 | assert(bitPosition < BitWidth && "Out of the bit-width range!")((bitPosition < BitWidth && "Out of the bit-width range!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && \"Out of the bit-width range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
341 | if ((*this)[bitPosition]) clearBit(bitPosition); | ||||
342 | else setBit(bitPosition); | ||||
343 | } | ||||
344 | |||||
345 | void APInt::insertBits(const APInt &subBits, unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||
346 | unsigned subBitWidth = subBits.getBitWidth(); | ||||
347 | assert(0 < subBitWidth && (subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth &&((0 < subBitWidth && (subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit insertion") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("0 < subBitWidth && (subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit insertion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 348, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
348 | "Illegal bit insertion")((0 < subBitWidth && (subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit insertion") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("0 < subBitWidth && (subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit insertion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 348, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
349 | |||||
350 | // Insertion is a direct copy. | ||||
351 | if (subBitWidth == BitWidth) { | ||||
352 | *this = subBits; | ||||
353 | return; | ||||
354 | } | ||||
355 | |||||
356 | // Single word result can be done as a direct bitmask. | ||||
357 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
358 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - subBitWidth); | ||||
359 | U.VAL &= ~(mask << bitPosition); | ||||
360 | U.VAL |= (subBits.U.VAL << bitPosition); | ||||
361 | return; | ||||
362 | } | ||||
363 | |||||
364 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||
365 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||
366 | unsigned hi1Word = whichWord(bitPosition + subBitWidth - 1); | ||||
367 | |||||
368 | // Insertion within a single word can be done as a direct bitmask. | ||||
369 | if (loWord == hi1Word) { | ||||
370 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - subBitWidth); | ||||
371 | U.pVal[loWord] &= ~(mask << loBit); | ||||
372 | U.pVal[loWord] |= (subBits.U.VAL << loBit); | ||||
373 | return; | ||||
374 | } | ||||
375 | |||||
376 | // Insert on word boundaries. | ||||
377 | if (loBit == 0) { | ||||
378 | // Direct copy whole words. | ||||
379 | unsigned numWholeSubWords = subBitWidth / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
380 | memcpy(U.pVal + loWord, subBits.getRawData(), | ||||
381 | numWholeSubWords * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
382 | |||||
383 | // Mask+insert remaining bits. | ||||
384 | unsigned remainingBits = subBitWidth % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
385 | if (remainingBits != 0) { | ||||
386 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - remainingBits); | ||||
387 | U.pVal[hi1Word] &= ~mask; | ||||
388 | U.pVal[hi1Word] |= subBits.getWord(subBitWidth - 1); | ||||
389 | } | ||||
390 | return; | ||||
391 | } | ||||
392 | |||||
393 | // General case - set/clear individual bits in dst based on src. | ||||
394 | // TODO - there is scope for optimization here, but at the moment this code | ||||
395 | // path is barely used so prefer readability over performance. | ||||
396 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != subBitWidth; ++i) { | ||||
397 | if (subBits[i]) | ||||
398 | setBit(bitPosition + i); | ||||
399 | else | ||||
400 | clearBit(bitPosition + i); | ||||
401 | } | ||||
402 | } | ||||
403 | |||||
404 | void APInt::insertBits(uint64_t subBits, unsigned bitPosition, unsigned numBits) { | ||||
405 | uint64_t maskBits = maskTrailingOnes<uint64_t>(numBits); | ||||
406 | subBits &= maskBits; | ||||
407 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
408 | U.VAL &= ~(maskBits << bitPosition); | ||||
409 | U.VAL |= subBits << bitPosition; | ||||
410 | return; | ||||
411 | } | ||||
412 | |||||
413 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||
414 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||
415 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(bitPosition + numBits - 1); | ||||
416 | if (loWord == hiWord) { | ||||
417 | U.pVal[loWord] &= ~(maskBits << loBit); | ||||
418 | U.pVal[loWord] |= subBits << loBit; | ||||
419 | return; | ||||
420 | } | ||||
421 | |||||
422 | static_assert(8 * sizeof(WordType) <= 64, "This code assumes only two words affected"); | ||||
423 | unsigned wordBits = 8 * sizeof(WordType); | ||||
424 | U.pVal[loWord] &= ~(maskBits << loBit); | ||||
425 | U.pVal[loWord] |= subBits << loBit; | ||||
426 | |||||
427 | U.pVal[hiWord] &= ~(maskBits >> (wordBits - loBit)); | ||||
428 | U.pVal[hiWord] |= subBits >> (wordBits - loBit); | ||||
429 | } | ||||
430 | |||||
431 | APInt APInt::extractBits(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const { | ||||
432 | assert(numBits > 0 && "Can't extract zero bits")((numBits > 0 && "Can't extract zero bits") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits > 0 && \"Can't extract zero bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 432, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
433 | assert(bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth &&((bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition ) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
434 | "Illegal bit extraction")((bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition ) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
435 | |||||
436 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
437 | return APInt(numBits, U.VAL >> bitPosition); | ||||
438 | |||||
439 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||
440 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||
441 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(bitPosition + numBits - 1); | ||||
442 | |||||
443 | // Single word result extracting bits from a single word source. | ||||
444 | if (loWord == hiWord) | ||||
445 | return APInt(numBits, U.pVal[loWord] >> loBit); | ||||
446 | |||||
447 | // Extracting bits that start on a source word boundary can be done | ||||
448 | // as a fast memory copy. | ||||
449 | if (loBit == 0) | ||||
450 | return APInt(numBits, makeArrayRef(U.pVal + loWord, 1 + hiWord - loWord)); | ||||
451 | |||||
452 | // General case - shift + copy source words directly into place. | ||||
453 | APInt Result(numBits, 0); | ||||
454 | unsigned NumSrcWords = getNumWords(); | ||||
455 | unsigned NumDstWords = Result.getNumWords(); | ||||
456 | |||||
457 | uint64_t *DestPtr = Result.isSingleWord() ? &Result.U.VAL : Result.U.pVal; | ||||
458 | for (unsigned word = 0; word < NumDstWords; ++word) { | ||||
459 | uint64_t w0 = U.pVal[loWord + word]; | ||||
460 | uint64_t w1 = | ||||
461 | (loWord + word + 1) < NumSrcWords ? U.pVal[loWord + word + 1] : 0; | ||||
462 | DestPtr[word] = (w0 >> loBit) | (w1 << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - loBit)); | ||||
463 | } | ||||
464 | |||||
465 | return Result.clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
466 | } | ||||
467 | |||||
468 | uint64_t APInt::extractBitsAsZExtValue(unsigned numBits, | ||||
469 | unsigned bitPosition) const { | ||||
470 | assert(numBits > 0 && "Can't extract zero bits")((numBits > 0 && "Can't extract zero bits") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits > 0 && \"Can't extract zero bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 470, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
471 | assert(bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth &&((bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition ) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 472, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
472 | "Illegal bit extraction")((bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition ) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 472, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
473 | assert(numBits <= 64 && "Illegal bit extraction")((numBits <= 64 && "Illegal bit extraction") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits <= 64 && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 473, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
474 | |||||
475 | uint64_t maskBits = maskTrailingOnes<uint64_t>(numBits); | ||||
476 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
477 | return (U.VAL >> bitPosition) & maskBits; | ||||
478 | |||||
479 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||
480 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||
481 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(bitPosition + numBits - 1); | ||||
482 | if (loWord == hiWord) | ||||
483 | return (U.pVal[loWord] >> loBit) & maskBits; | ||||
484 | |||||
485 | static_assert(8 * sizeof(WordType) <= 64, "This code assumes only two words affected"); | ||||
486 | unsigned wordBits = 8 * sizeof(WordType); | ||||
487 | uint64_t retBits = U.pVal[loWord] >> loBit; | ||||
488 | retBits |= U.pVal[hiWord] << (wordBits - loBit); | ||||
489 | retBits &= maskBits; | ||||
490 | return retBits; | ||||
491 | } | ||||
492 | |||||
493 | unsigned APInt::getBitsNeeded(StringRef str, uint8_t radix) { | ||||
494 | assert(!str.empty() && "Invalid string length")((!str.empty() && "Invalid string length") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && \"Invalid string length\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 494, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
495 | assert((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 ||(((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 497, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
496 | radix == 36) &&(((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 497, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
497 | "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!")(((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 497, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
498 | |||||
499 | size_t slen = str.size(); | ||||
500 | |||||
501 | // Each computation below needs to know if it's negative. | ||||
502 | StringRef::iterator p = str.begin(); | ||||
503 | unsigned isNegative = *p == '-'; | ||||
504 | if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') { | ||||
505 | p++; | ||||
506 | slen--; | ||||
507 | assert(slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.")((slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("slen && \"String is only a sign, needs a value.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 507, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
508 | } | ||||
509 | |||||
510 | // For radixes of power-of-two values, the bits required is accurately and | ||||
511 | // easily computed | ||||
512 | if (radix == 2) | ||||
513 | return slen + isNegative; | ||||
514 | if (radix == 8) | ||||
515 | return slen * 3 + isNegative; | ||||
516 | if (radix == 16) | ||||
517 | return slen * 4 + isNegative; | ||||
518 | |||||
519 | // FIXME: base 36 | ||||
520 | |||||
521 | // This is grossly inefficient but accurate. We could probably do something | ||||
522 | // with a computation of roughly slen*64/20 and then adjust by the value of | ||||
523 | // the first few digits. But, I'm not sure how accurate that could be. | ||||
524 | |||||
525 | // Compute a sufficient number of bits that is always large enough but might | ||||
526 | // be too large. This avoids the assertion in the constructor. This | ||||
527 | // calculation doesn't work appropriately for the numbers 0-9, so just use 4 | ||||
528 | // bits in that case. | ||||
529 | unsigned sufficient | ||||
530 | = radix == 10? (slen == 1 ? 4 : slen * 64/18) | ||||
531 | : (slen == 1 ? 7 : slen * 16/3); | ||||
532 | |||||
533 | // Convert to the actual binary value. | ||||
534 | APInt tmp(sufficient, StringRef(p, slen), radix); | ||||
535 | |||||
536 | // Compute how many bits are required. If the log is infinite, assume we need | ||||
537 | // just bit. If the log is exact and value is negative, then the value is | ||||
538 | // MinSignedValue with (log + 1) bits. | ||||
539 | unsigned log = tmp.logBase2(); | ||||
540 | if (log == (unsigned)-1) { | ||||
541 | return isNegative + 1; | ||||
542 | } else if (isNegative && tmp.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||
543 | return isNegative + log; | ||||
544 | } else { | ||||
545 | return isNegative + log + 1; | ||||
546 | } | ||||
547 | } | ||||
548 | |||||
549 | hash_code llvm::hash_value(const APInt &Arg) { | ||||
550 | if (Arg.isSingleWord()) | ||||
551 | return hash_combine(Arg.U.VAL); | ||||
552 | |||||
553 | return hash_combine_range(Arg.U.pVal, Arg.U.pVal + Arg.getNumWords()); | ||||
554 | } | ||||
555 | |||||
556 | bool APInt::isSplat(unsigned SplatSizeInBits) const { | ||||
557 | assert(getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 &&((getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && "SplatSizeInBits must divide width!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && \"SplatSizeInBits must divide width!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 558, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
558 | "SplatSizeInBits must divide width!")((getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && "SplatSizeInBits must divide width!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && \"SplatSizeInBits must divide width!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 558, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
559 | // We can check that all parts of an integer are equal by making use of a | ||||
560 | // little trick: rotate and check if it's still the same value. | ||||
561 | return *this == rotl(SplatSizeInBits); | ||||
562 | } | ||||
563 | |||||
564 | /// This function returns the high "numBits" bits of this APInt. | ||||
565 | APInt APInt::getHiBits(unsigned numBits) const { | ||||
566 | return this->lshr(BitWidth - numBits); | ||||
567 | } | ||||
568 | |||||
569 | /// This function returns the low "numBits" bits of this APInt. | ||||
570 | APInt APInt::getLoBits(unsigned numBits) const { | ||||
571 | APInt Result(getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, numBits)); | ||||
572 | Result &= *this; | ||||
573 | return Result; | ||||
574 | } | ||||
575 | |||||
576 | /// Return a value containing V broadcasted over NewLen bits. | ||||
577 | APInt APInt::getSplat(unsigned NewLen, const APInt &V) { | ||||
578 | assert(NewLen >= V.getBitWidth() && "Can't splat to smaller bit width!")((NewLen >= V.getBitWidth() && "Can't splat to smaller bit width!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NewLen >= V.getBitWidth() && \"Can't splat to smaller bit width!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 578, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
579 | |||||
580 | APInt Val = V.zextOrSelf(NewLen); | ||||
581 | for (unsigned I = V.getBitWidth(); I < NewLen; I <<= 1) | ||||
582 | Val |= Val << I; | ||||
583 | |||||
584 | return Val; | ||||
585 | } | ||||
586 | |||||
587 | unsigned APInt::countLeadingZerosSlowCase() const { | ||||
588 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||
589 | for (int i = getNumWords()-1; i
| ||||
590 | uint64_t V = U.pVal[i]; | ||||
| |||||
591 | if (V == 0) | ||||
592 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
593 | else { | ||||
594 | Count += llvm::countLeadingZeros(V); | ||||
595 | break; | ||||
596 | } | ||||
597 | } | ||||
598 | // Adjust for unused bits in the most significant word (they are zero). | ||||
599 | unsigned Mod = BitWidth % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
600 | Count -= Mod > 0 ? APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - Mod : 0; | ||||
601 | return Count; | ||||
602 | } | ||||
603 | |||||
604 | unsigned APInt::countLeadingOnesSlowCase() const { | ||||
605 | unsigned highWordBits = BitWidth % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
606 | unsigned shift; | ||||
607 | if (!highWordBits) { | ||||
608 | highWordBits = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
609 | shift = 0; | ||||
610 | } else { | ||||
611 | shift = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - highWordBits; | ||||
612 | } | ||||
613 | int i = getNumWords() - 1; | ||||
614 | unsigned Count = llvm::countLeadingOnes(U.pVal[i] << shift); | ||||
615 | if (Count == highWordBits) { | ||||
616 | for (i--; i >= 0; --i) { | ||||
617 | if (U.pVal[i] == WORDTYPE_MAX) | ||||
618 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
619 | else { | ||||
620 | Count += llvm::countLeadingOnes(U.pVal[i]); | ||||
621 | break; | ||||
622 | } | ||||
623 | } | ||||
624 | } | ||||
625 | return Count; | ||||
626 | } | ||||
627 | |||||
628 | unsigned APInt::countTrailingZerosSlowCase() const { | ||||
629 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||
630 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||
631 | for (; i < getNumWords() && U.pVal[i] == 0; ++i) | ||||
632 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
633 | if (i < getNumWords()) | ||||
634 | Count += llvm::countTrailingZeros(U.pVal[i]); | ||||
635 | return std::min(Count, BitWidth); | ||||
636 | } | ||||
637 | |||||
638 | unsigned APInt::countTrailingOnesSlowCase() const { | ||||
639 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||
640 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||
641 | for (; i < getNumWords() && U.pVal[i] == WORDTYPE_MAX; ++i) | ||||
642 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
643 | if (i < getNumWords()) | ||||
644 | Count += llvm::countTrailingOnes(U.pVal[i]); | ||||
645 | assert(Count <= BitWidth)((Count <= BitWidth) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Count <= BitWidth", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 645, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
646 | return Count; | ||||
647 | } | ||||
648 | |||||
649 | unsigned APInt::countPopulationSlowCase() const { | ||||
650 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||
651 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < getNumWords(); ++i) | ||||
652 | Count += llvm::countPopulation(U.pVal[i]); | ||||
653 | return Count; | ||||
654 | } | ||||
655 | |||||
656 | bool APInt::intersectsSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
657 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
658 | if ((U.pVal[i] & RHS.U.pVal[i]) != 0) | ||||
659 | return true; | ||||
660 | |||||
661 | return false; | ||||
662 | } | ||||
663 | |||||
664 | bool APInt::isSubsetOfSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
665 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
666 | if ((U.pVal[i] & ~RHS.U.pVal[i]) != 0) | ||||
667 | return false; | ||||
668 | |||||
669 | return true; | ||||
670 | } | ||||
671 | |||||
672 | APInt APInt::byteSwap() const { | ||||
673 | assert(BitWidth >= 16 && BitWidth % 16 == 0 && "Cannot byteswap!")((BitWidth >= 16 && BitWidth % 16 == 0 && "Cannot byteswap!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth >= 16 && BitWidth % 16 == 0 && \"Cannot byteswap!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 673, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
674 | if (BitWidth == 16) | ||||
675 | return APInt(BitWidth, ByteSwap_16(uint16_t(U.VAL))); | ||||
676 | if (BitWidth == 32) | ||||
677 | return APInt(BitWidth, ByteSwap_32(unsigned(U.VAL))); | ||||
678 | if (BitWidth == 48) { | ||||
679 | unsigned Tmp1 = unsigned(U.VAL >> 16); | ||||
680 | Tmp1 = ByteSwap_32(Tmp1); | ||||
681 | uint16_t Tmp2 = uint16_t(U.VAL); | ||||
682 | Tmp2 = ByteSwap_16(Tmp2); | ||||
683 | return APInt(BitWidth, (uint64_t(Tmp2) << 32) | Tmp1); | ||||
684 | } | ||||
685 | if (BitWidth == 64) | ||||
686 | return APInt(BitWidth, ByteSwap_64(U.VAL)); | ||||
687 | |||||
688 | APInt Result(getNumWords() * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD, 0); | ||||
689 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = getNumWords(); I != N; ++I) | ||||
690 | Result.U.pVal[I] = ByteSwap_64(U.pVal[N - I - 1]); | ||||
691 | if (Result.BitWidth != BitWidth) { | ||||
692 | Result.lshrInPlace(Result.BitWidth - BitWidth); | ||||
693 | Result.BitWidth = BitWidth; | ||||
694 | } | ||||
695 | return Result; | ||||
696 | } | ||||
697 | |||||
698 | APInt APInt::reverseBits() const { | ||||
699 | switch (BitWidth) { | ||||
700 | case 64: | ||||
701 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint64_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||
702 | case 32: | ||||
703 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint32_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||
704 | case 16: | ||||
705 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint16_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||
706 | case 8: | ||||
707 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint8_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||
708 | default: | ||||
709 | break; | ||||
710 | } | ||||
711 | |||||
712 | APInt Val(*this); | ||||
713 | APInt Reversed(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
714 | unsigned S = BitWidth; | ||||
715 | |||||
716 | for (; Val != 0; Val.lshrInPlace(1)) { | ||||
717 | Reversed <<= 1; | ||||
718 | Reversed |= Val[0]; | ||||
719 | --S; | ||||
720 | } | ||||
721 | |||||
722 | Reversed <<= S; | ||||
723 | return Reversed; | ||||
724 | } | ||||
725 | |||||
726 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(APInt A, APInt B) { | ||||
727 | // Fast-path a common case. | ||||
728 | if (A == B) return A; | ||||
729 | |||||
730 | // Corner cases: if either operand is zero, the other is the gcd. | ||||
731 | if (!A) return B; | ||||
732 | if (!B) return A; | ||||
733 | |||||
734 | // Count common powers of 2 and remove all other powers of 2. | ||||
735 | unsigned Pow2; | ||||
736 | { | ||||
737 | unsigned Pow2_A = A.countTrailingZeros(); | ||||
738 | unsigned Pow2_B = B.countTrailingZeros(); | ||||
739 | if (Pow2_A > Pow2_B) { | ||||
740 | A.lshrInPlace(Pow2_A - Pow2_B); | ||||
741 | Pow2 = Pow2_B; | ||||
742 | } else if (Pow2_B > Pow2_A) { | ||||
743 | B.lshrInPlace(Pow2_B - Pow2_A); | ||||
744 | Pow2 = Pow2_A; | ||||
745 | } else { | ||||
746 | Pow2 = Pow2_A; | ||||
747 | } | ||||
748 | } | ||||
749 | |||||
750 | // Both operands are odd multiples of 2^Pow_2: | ||||
751 | // | ||||
752 | // gcd(a, b) = gcd(|a - b| / 2^i, min(a, b)) | ||||
753 | // | ||||
754 | // This is a modified version of Stein's algorithm, taking advantage of | ||||
755 | // efficient countTrailingZeros(). | ||||
756 | while (A != B) { | ||||
757 | if (A.ugt(B)) { | ||||
758 | A -= B; | ||||
759 | A.lshrInPlace(A.countTrailingZeros() - Pow2); | ||||
760 | } else { | ||||
761 | B -= A; | ||||
762 | B.lshrInPlace(B.countTrailingZeros() - Pow2); | ||||
763 | } | ||||
764 | } | ||||
765 | |||||
766 | return A; | ||||
767 | } | ||||
768 | |||||
769 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::RoundDoubleToAPInt(double Double, unsigned width) { | ||||
770 | uint64_t I = bit_cast<uint64_t>(Double); | ||||
771 | |||||
772 | // Get the sign bit from the highest order bit | ||||
773 | bool isNeg = I >> 63; | ||||
774 | |||||
775 | // Get the 11-bit exponent and adjust for the 1023 bit bias | ||||
776 | int64_t exp = ((I >> 52) & 0x7ff) - 1023; | ||||
777 | |||||
778 | // If the exponent is negative, the value is < 0 so just return 0. | ||||
779 | if (exp < 0) | ||||
780 | return APInt(width, 0u); | ||||
781 | |||||
782 | // Extract the mantissa by clearing the top 12 bits (sign + exponent). | ||||
783 | uint64_t mantissa = (I & (~0ULL >> 12)) | 1ULL << 52; | ||||
784 | |||||
785 | // If the exponent doesn't shift all bits out of the mantissa | ||||
786 | if (exp < 52) | ||||
787 | return isNeg ? -APInt(width, mantissa >> (52 - exp)) : | ||||
788 | APInt(width, mantissa >> (52 - exp)); | ||||
789 | |||||
790 | // If the client didn't provide enough bits for us to shift the mantissa into | ||||
791 | // then the result is undefined, just return 0 | ||||
792 | if (width <= exp - 52) | ||||
793 | return APInt(width, 0); | ||||
794 | |||||
795 | // Otherwise, we have to shift the mantissa bits up to the right location | ||||
796 | APInt Tmp(width, mantissa); | ||||
797 | Tmp <<= (unsigned)exp - 52; | ||||
798 | return isNeg ? -Tmp : Tmp; | ||||
799 | } | ||||
800 | |||||
801 | /// This function converts this APInt to a double. | ||||
802 | /// The layout for double is as following (IEEE Standard 754): | ||||
803 | /// -------------------------------------- | ||||
804 | /// | Sign Exponent Fraction Bias | | ||||
805 | /// |-------------------------------------- | | ||||
806 | /// | 1[63] 11[62-52] 52[51-00] 1023 | | ||||
807 | /// -------------------------------------- | ||||
808 | double APInt::roundToDouble(bool isSigned) const { | ||||
809 | |||||
810 | // Handle the simple case where the value is contained in one uint64_t. | ||||
811 | // It is wrong to optimize getWord(0) to VAL; there might be more than one word. | ||||
812 | if (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) { | ||||
813 | if (isSigned) { | ||||
814 | int64_t sext = SignExtend64(getWord(0), BitWidth); | ||||
815 | return double(sext); | ||||
816 | } else | ||||
817 | return double(getWord(0)); | ||||
818 | } | ||||
819 | |||||
820 | // Determine if the value is negative. | ||||
821 | bool isNeg = isSigned ? (*this)[BitWidth-1] : false; | ||||
822 | |||||
823 | // Construct the absolute value if we're negative. | ||||
824 | APInt Tmp(isNeg ? -(*this) : (*this)); | ||||
825 | |||||
826 | // Figure out how many bits we're using. | ||||
827 | unsigned n = Tmp.getActiveBits(); | ||||
828 | |||||
829 | // The exponent (without bias normalization) is just the number of bits | ||||
830 | // we are using. Note that the sign bit is gone since we constructed the | ||||
831 | // absolute value. | ||||
832 | uint64_t exp = n; | ||||
833 | |||||
834 | // Return infinity for exponent overflow | ||||
835 | if (exp > 1023) { | ||||
836 | if (!isSigned || !isNeg) | ||||
837 | return std::numeric_limits<double>::infinity(); | ||||
838 | else | ||||
839 | return -std::numeric_limits<double>::infinity(); | ||||
840 | } | ||||
841 | exp += 1023; // Increment for 1023 bias | ||||
842 | |||||
843 | // Number of bits in mantissa is 52. To obtain the mantissa value, we must | ||||
844 | // extract the high 52 bits from the correct words in pVal. | ||||
845 | uint64_t mantissa; | ||||
846 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(n-1); | ||||
847 | if (hiWord == 0) { | ||||
848 | mantissa = Tmp.U.pVal[0]; | ||||
849 | if (n > 52) | ||||
850 | mantissa >>= n - 52; // shift down, we want the top 52 bits. | ||||
851 | } else { | ||||
852 | assert(hiWord > 0 && "huh?")((hiWord > 0 && "huh?") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("hiWord > 0 && \"huh?\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
853 | uint64_t hibits = Tmp.U.pVal[hiWord] << (52 - n % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||
854 | uint64_t lobits = Tmp.U.pVal[hiWord-1] >> (11 + n % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||
855 | mantissa = hibits | lobits; | ||||
856 | } | ||||
857 | |||||
858 | // The leading bit of mantissa is implicit, so get rid of it. | ||||
859 | uint64_t sign = isNeg ? (1ULL << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1)) : 0; | ||||
860 | uint64_t I = sign | (exp << 52) | mantissa; | ||||
861 | return bit_cast<double>(I); | ||||
862 | } | ||||
863 | |||||
864 | // Truncate to new width. | ||||
865 | APInt APInt::trunc(unsigned width) const { | ||||
866 | assert(width < BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request")((width < BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("width < BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt Truncate request\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 866, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
867 | assert(width && "Can't truncate to 0 bits")((width && "Can't truncate to 0 bits") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("width && \"Can't truncate to 0 bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 867, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
868 | |||||
869 | if (width <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||
870 | return APInt(width, getRawData()[0]); | ||||
871 | |||||
872 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords(width)), width); | ||||
873 | |||||
874 | // Copy full words. | ||||
875 | unsigned i; | ||||
876 | for (i = 0; i != width / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; i++) | ||||
877 | Result.U.pVal[i] = U.pVal[i]; | ||||
878 | |||||
879 | // Truncate and copy any partial word. | ||||
880 | unsigned bits = (0 - width) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
881 | if (bits != 0) | ||||
882 | Result.U.pVal[i] = U.pVal[i] << bits >> bits; | ||||
883 | |||||
884 | return Result; | ||||
885 | } | ||||
886 | |||||
887 | // Sign extend to a new width. | ||||
888 | APInt APInt::sext(unsigned Width) const { | ||||
889 | assert(Width > BitWidth && "Invalid APInt SignExtend request")((Width > BitWidth && "Invalid APInt SignExtend request" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Width > BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt SignExtend request\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 889, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
890 | |||||
891 | if (Width <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||
892 | return APInt(Width, SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth)); | ||||
893 | |||||
894 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords(Width)), Width); | ||||
895 | |||||
896 | // Copy words. | ||||
897 | std::memcpy(Result.U.pVal, getRawData(), getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
898 | |||||
899 | // Sign extend the last word since there may be unused bits in the input. | ||||
900 | Result.U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] = | ||||
901 | SignExtend64(Result.U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1], | ||||
902 | ((BitWidth - 1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1); | ||||
903 | |||||
904 | // Fill with sign bits. | ||||
905 | std::memset(Result.U.pVal + getNumWords(), isNegative() ? -1 : 0, | ||||
906 | (Result.getNumWords() - getNumWords()) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
907 | Result.clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
908 | return Result; | ||||
909 | } | ||||
910 | |||||
911 | // Zero extend to a new width. | ||||
912 | APInt APInt::zext(unsigned width) const { | ||||
913 | assert(width > BitWidth && "Invalid APInt ZeroExtend request")((width > BitWidth && "Invalid APInt ZeroExtend request" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("width > BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt ZeroExtend request\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 913, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
914 | |||||
915 | if (width <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||
916 | return APInt(width, U.VAL); | ||||
917 | |||||
918 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords(width)), width); | ||||
919 | |||||
920 | // Copy words. | ||||
921 | std::memcpy(Result.U.pVal, getRawData(), getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
922 | |||||
923 | // Zero remaining words. | ||||
924 | std::memset(Result.U.pVal + getNumWords(), 0, | ||||
925 | (Result.getNumWords() - getNumWords()) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
926 | |||||
927 | return Result; | ||||
928 | } | ||||
929 | |||||
930 | APInt APInt::zextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const { | ||||
931 | if (BitWidth < width) | ||||
932 | return zext(width); | ||||
933 | if (BitWidth > width) | ||||
934 | return trunc(width); | ||||
935 | return *this; | ||||
936 | } | ||||
937 | |||||
938 | APInt APInt::sextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const { | ||||
939 | if (BitWidth < width) | ||||
940 | return sext(width); | ||||
941 | if (BitWidth > width) | ||||
942 | return trunc(width); | ||||
943 | return *this; | ||||
944 | } | ||||
945 | |||||
946 | APInt APInt::zextOrSelf(unsigned width) const { | ||||
947 | if (BitWidth < width) | ||||
948 | return zext(width); | ||||
949 | return *this; | ||||
950 | } | ||||
951 | |||||
952 | APInt APInt::sextOrSelf(unsigned width) const { | ||||
953 | if (BitWidth < width) | ||||
954 | return sext(width); | ||||
955 | return *this; | ||||
956 | } | ||||
957 | |||||
958 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
959 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. | ||||
960 | void APInt::ashrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt) { | ||||
961 | ashrInPlace((unsigned)shiftAmt.getLimitedValue(BitWidth)); | ||||
962 | } | ||||
963 | |||||
964 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
965 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. | ||||
966 | void APInt::ashrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||
967 | // Don't bother performing a no-op shift. | ||||
968 | if (!ShiftAmt) | ||||
969 | return; | ||||
970 | |||||
971 | // Save the original sign bit for later. | ||||
972 | bool Negative = isNegative(); | ||||
973 | |||||
974 | // WordShift is the inter-part shift; BitShift is intra-part shift. | ||||
975 | unsigned WordShift = ShiftAmt / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
976 | unsigned BitShift = ShiftAmt % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
977 | |||||
978 | unsigned WordsToMove = getNumWords() - WordShift; | ||||
979 | if (WordsToMove != 0) { | ||||
980 | // Sign extend the last word to fill in the unused bits. | ||||
981 | U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] = SignExtend64( | ||||
982 | U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1], ((BitWidth - 1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1); | ||||
983 | |||||
984 | // Fastpath for moving by whole words. | ||||
985 | if (BitShift == 0) { | ||||
986 | std::memmove(U.pVal, U.pVal + WordShift, WordsToMove * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
987 | } else { | ||||
988 | // Move the words containing significant bits. | ||||
989 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != WordsToMove - 1; ++i) | ||||
990 | U.pVal[i] = (U.pVal[i + WordShift] >> BitShift) | | ||||
991 | (U.pVal[i + WordShift + 1] << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift)); | ||||
992 | |||||
993 | // Handle the last word which has no high bits to copy. | ||||
994 | U.pVal[WordsToMove - 1] = U.pVal[WordShift + WordsToMove - 1] >> BitShift; | ||||
995 | // Sign extend one more time. | ||||
996 | U.pVal[WordsToMove - 1] = | ||||
997 | SignExtend64(U.pVal[WordsToMove - 1], APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift); | ||||
998 | } | ||||
999 | } | ||||
1000 | |||||
1001 | // Fill in the remainder based on the original sign. | ||||
1002 | std::memset(U.pVal + WordsToMove, Negative ? -1 : 0, | ||||
1003 | WordShift * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
1004 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
1005 | } | ||||
1006 | |||||
1007 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
1008 | /// Logical right-shift function. | ||||
1009 | void APInt::lshrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt) { | ||||
1010 | lshrInPlace((unsigned)shiftAmt.getLimitedValue(BitWidth)); | ||||
1011 | } | ||||
1012 | |||||
1013 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
1014 | /// Logical right-shift function. | ||||
1015 | void APInt::lshrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||
1016 | tcShiftRight(U.pVal, getNumWords(), ShiftAmt); | ||||
1017 | } | ||||
1018 | |||||
1019 | /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
1020 | /// Left-shift function. | ||||
1021 | APInt &APInt::operator<<=(const APInt &shiftAmt) { | ||||
1022 | // It's undefined behavior in C to shift by BitWidth or greater. | ||||
1023 | *this <<= (unsigned)shiftAmt.getLimitedValue(BitWidth); | ||||
1024 | return *this; | ||||
1025 | } | ||||
1026 | |||||
1027 | void APInt::shlSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||
1028 | tcShiftLeft(U.pVal, getNumWords(), ShiftAmt); | ||||
1029 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
1030 | } | ||||
1031 | |||||
1032 | // Calculate the rotate amount modulo the bit width. | ||||
1033 | static unsigned rotateModulo(unsigned BitWidth, const APInt &rotateAmt) { | ||||
1034 | unsigned rotBitWidth = rotateAmt.getBitWidth(); | ||||
1035 | APInt rot = rotateAmt; | ||||
1036 | if (rotBitWidth < BitWidth) { | ||||
1037 | // Extend the rotate APInt, so that the urem doesn't divide by 0. | ||||
1038 | // e.g. APInt(1, 32) would give APInt(1, 0). | ||||
1039 | rot = rotateAmt.zext(BitWidth); | ||||
1040 | } | ||||
1041 | rot = rot.urem(APInt(rot.getBitWidth(), BitWidth)); | ||||
1042 | return rot.getLimitedValue(BitWidth); | ||||
1043 | } | ||||
1044 | |||||
1045 | APInt APInt::rotl(const APInt &rotateAmt) const { | ||||
1046 | return rotl(rotateModulo(BitWidth, rotateAmt)); | ||||
1047 | } | ||||
1048 | |||||
1049 | APInt APInt::rotl(unsigned rotateAmt) const { | ||||
1050 | rotateAmt %= BitWidth; | ||||
1051 | if (rotateAmt == 0) | ||||
1052 | return *this; | ||||
1053 | return shl(rotateAmt) | lshr(BitWidth - rotateAmt); | ||||
1054 | } | ||||
1055 | |||||
1056 | APInt APInt::rotr(const APInt &rotateAmt) const { | ||||
1057 | return rotr(rotateModulo(BitWidth, rotateAmt)); | ||||
1058 | } | ||||
1059 | |||||
1060 | APInt APInt::rotr(unsigned rotateAmt) const { | ||||
1061 | rotateAmt %= BitWidth; | ||||
1062 | if (rotateAmt == 0) | ||||
1063 | return *this; | ||||
1064 | return lshr(rotateAmt) | shl(BitWidth - rotateAmt); | ||||
1065 | } | ||||
1066 | |||||
1067 | // Square Root - this method computes and returns the square root of "this". | ||||
1068 | // Three mechanisms are used for computation. For small values (<= 5 bits), | ||||
1069 | // a table lookup is done. This gets some performance for common cases. For | ||||
1070 | // values using less than 52 bits, the value is converted to double and then | ||||
1071 | // the libc sqrt function is called. The result is rounded and then converted | ||||
1072 | // back to a uint64_t which is then used to construct the result. Finally, | ||||
1073 | // the Babylonian method for computing square roots is used. | ||||
1074 | APInt APInt::sqrt() const { | ||||
1075 | |||||
1076 | // Determine the magnitude of the value. | ||||
1077 | unsigned magnitude = getActiveBits(); | ||||
1078 | |||||
1079 | // Use a fast table for some small values. This also gets rid of some | ||||
1080 | // rounding errors in libc sqrt for small values. | ||||
1081 | if (magnitude <= 5) { | ||||
1082 | static const uint8_t results[32] = { | ||||
1083 | /* 0 */ 0, | ||||
1084 | /* 1- 2 */ 1, 1, | ||||
1085 | /* 3- 6 */ 2, 2, 2, 2, | ||||
1086 | /* 7-12 */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, | ||||
1087 | /* 13-20 */ 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, | ||||
1088 | /* 21-30 */ 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, | ||||
1089 | /* 31 */ 6 | ||||
1090 | }; | ||||
1091 | return APInt(BitWidth, results[ (isSingleWord() ? U.VAL : U.pVal[0]) ]); | ||||
1092 | } | ||||
1093 | |||||
1094 | // If the magnitude of the value fits in less than 52 bits (the precision of | ||||
1095 | // an IEEE double precision floating point value), then we can use the | ||||
1096 | // libc sqrt function which will probably use a hardware sqrt computation. | ||||
1097 | // This should be faster than the algorithm below. | ||||
1098 | if (magnitude < 52) { | ||||
1099 | return APInt(BitWidth, | ||||
1100 | uint64_t(::round(::sqrt(double(isSingleWord() ? U.VAL | ||||
1101 | : U.pVal[0]))))); | ||||
1102 | } | ||||
1103 | |||||
1104 | // Okay, all the short cuts are exhausted. We must compute it. The following | ||||
1105 | // is a classical Babylonian method for computing the square root. This code | ||||
1106 | // was adapted to APInt from a wikipedia article on such computations. | ||||
1107 | // See http://www.wikipedia.org/ and go to the page named | ||||
1108 | // Calculate_an_integer_square_root. | ||||
1109 | unsigned nbits = BitWidth, i = 4; | ||||
1110 | APInt testy(BitWidth, 16); | ||||
1111 | APInt x_old(BitWidth, 1); | ||||
1112 | APInt x_new(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1113 | APInt two(BitWidth, 2); | ||||
1114 | |||||
1115 | // Select a good starting value using binary logarithms. | ||||
1116 | for (;; i += 2, testy = testy.shl(2)) | ||||
1117 | if (i
| ||||
1118 | x_old = x_old.shl(i / 2); | ||||
1119 | break; | ||||
1120 | } | ||||
1121 | |||||
1122 | // Use the Babylonian method to arrive at the integer square root: | ||||
1123 | for (;;) { | ||||
1124 | x_new = (this->udiv(x_old) + x_old).udiv(two); | ||||
1125 | if (x_old.ule(x_new)) | ||||
1126 | break; | ||||
1127 | x_old = x_new; | ||||
1128 | } | ||||
1129 | |||||
1130 | // Make sure we return the closest approximation | ||||
1131 | // NOTE: The rounding calculation below is correct. It will produce an | ||||
1132 | // off-by-one discrepancy with results from pari/gp. That discrepancy has been | ||||
1133 | // determined to be a rounding issue with pari/gp as it begins to use a | ||||
1134 | // floating point representation after 192 bits. There are no discrepancies | ||||
1135 | // between this algorithm and pari/gp for bit widths < 192 bits. | ||||
1136 | APInt square(x_old * x_old); | ||||
1137 | APInt nextSquare((x_old + 1) * (x_old +1)); | ||||
1138 | if (this->ult(square)) | ||||
1139 | return x_old; | ||||
1140 | assert(this->ule(nextSquare) && "Error in APInt::sqrt computation")((this->ule(nextSquare) && "Error in APInt::sqrt computation" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("this->ule(nextSquare) && \"Error in APInt::sqrt computation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1140, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1141 | APInt midpoint((nextSquare - square).udiv(two)); | ||||
1142 | APInt offset(*this - square); | ||||
1143 | if (offset.ult(midpoint)) | ||||
1144 | return x_old; | ||||
1145 | return x_old + 1; | ||||
1146 | } | ||||
1147 | |||||
1148 | /// Computes the multiplicative inverse of this APInt for a given modulo. The | ||||
1149 | /// iterative extended Euclidean algorithm is used to solve for this value, | ||||
1150 | /// however we simplify it to speed up calculating only the inverse, and take | ||||
1151 | /// advantage of div+rem calculations. We also use some tricks to avoid copying | ||||
1152 | /// (potentially large) APInts around. | ||||
1153 | /// WARNING: a value of '0' may be returned, | ||||
1154 | /// signifying that no multiplicative inverse exists! | ||||
1155 | APInt APInt::multiplicativeInverse(const APInt& modulo) const { | ||||
1156 | assert(ult(modulo) && "This APInt must be smaller than the modulo")((ult(modulo) && "This APInt must be smaller than the modulo" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ult(modulo) && \"This APInt must be smaller than the modulo\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1156, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1157 | |||||
1158 | // Using the properties listed at the following web page (accessed 06/21/08): | ||||
1159 | // http://www.numbertheory.org/php/euclid.html | ||||
1160 | // (especially the properties numbered 3, 4 and 9) it can be proved that | ||||
1161 | // BitWidth bits suffice for all the computations in the algorithm implemented | ||||
1162 | // below. More precisely, this number of bits suffice if the multiplicative | ||||
1163 | // inverse exists, but may not suffice for the general extended Euclidean | ||||
1164 | // algorithm. | ||||
1165 | |||||
1166 | APInt r[2] = { modulo, *this }; | ||||
1167 | APInt t[2] = { APInt(BitWidth, 0), APInt(BitWidth, 1) }; | ||||
1168 | APInt q(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | unsigned i; | ||||
1171 | for (i = 0; r[i^1] != 0; i ^= 1) { | ||||
1172 | // An overview of the math without the confusing bit-flipping: | ||||
1173 | // q = r[i-2] / r[i-1] | ||||
1174 | // r[i] = r[i-2] % r[i-1] | ||||
1175 | // t[i] = t[i-2] - t[i-1] * q | ||||
1176 | udivrem(r[i], r[i^1], q, r[i]); | ||||
1177 | t[i] -= t[i^1] * q; | ||||
1178 | } | ||||
1179 | |||||
1180 | // If this APInt and the modulo are not coprime, there is no multiplicative | ||||
1181 | // inverse, so return 0. We check this by looking at the next-to-last | ||||
1182 | // remainder, which is the gcd(*this,modulo) as calculated by the Euclidean | ||||
1183 | // algorithm. | ||||
1184 | if (r[i] != 1) | ||||
1185 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1186 | |||||
1187 | // The next-to-last t is the multiplicative inverse. However, we are | ||||
1188 | // interested in a positive inverse. Calculate a positive one from a negative | ||||
1189 | // one if necessary. A simple addition of the modulo suffices because | ||||
1190 | // abs(t[i]) is known to be less than *this/2 (see the link above). | ||||
1191 | if (t[i].isNegative()) | ||||
1192 | t[i] += modulo; | ||||
1193 | |||||
1194 | return std::move(t[i]); | ||||
1195 | } | ||||
1196 | |||||
1197 | /// Calculate the magic numbers required to implement a signed integer division | ||||
1198 | /// by a constant as a sequence of multiplies, adds and shifts. Requires that | ||||
1199 | /// the divisor not be 0, 1, or -1. Taken from "Hacker's Delight", Henry S. | ||||
1200 | /// Warren, Jr., chapter 10. | ||||
1201 | APInt::ms APInt::magic() const { | ||||
1202 | const APInt& d = *this; | ||||
1203 | unsigned p; | ||||
1204 | APInt ad, anc, delta, q1, r1, q2, r2, t; | ||||
1205 | APInt signedMin = APInt::getSignedMinValue(d.getBitWidth()); | ||||
1206 | struct ms mag; | ||||
1207 | |||||
1208 | ad = d.abs(); | ||||
1209 | t = signedMin + (d.lshr(d.getBitWidth() - 1)); | ||||
1210 | anc = t - 1 - t.urem(ad); // absolute value of nc | ||||
1211 | p = d.getBitWidth() - 1; // initialize p | ||||
1212 | q1 = signedMin.udiv(anc); // initialize q1 = 2p/abs(nc) | ||||
1213 | r1 = signedMin - q1*anc; // initialize r1 = rem(2p,abs(nc)) | ||||
1214 | q2 = signedMin.udiv(ad); // initialize q2 = 2p/abs(d) | ||||
1215 | r2 = signedMin - q2*ad; // initialize r2 = rem(2p,abs(d)) | ||||
1216 | do { | ||||
1217 | p = p + 1; | ||||
1218 | q1 = q1<<1; // update q1 = 2p/abs(nc) | ||||
1219 | r1 = r1<<1; // update r1 = rem(2p/abs(nc)) | ||||
1220 | if (r1.uge(anc)) { // must be unsigned comparison | ||||
1221 | q1 = q1 + 1; | ||||
1222 | r1 = r1 - anc; | ||||
1223 | } | ||||
1224 | q2 = q2<<1; // update q2 = 2p/abs(d) | ||||
1225 | r2 = r2<<1; // update r2 = rem(2p/abs(d)) | ||||
1226 | if (r2.uge(ad)) { // must be unsigned comparison | ||||
1227 | q2 = q2 + 1; | ||||
1228 | r2 = r2 - ad; | ||||
1229 | } | ||||
1230 | delta = ad - r2; | ||||
1231 | } while (q1.ult(delta) || (q1 == delta && r1 == 0)); | ||||
1232 | |||||
1233 | mag.m = q2 + 1; | ||||
1234 | if (d.isNegative()) mag.m = -mag.m; // resulting magic number | ||||
1235 | mag.s = p - d.getBitWidth(); // resulting shift | ||||
1236 | return mag; | ||||
1237 | } | ||||
1238 | |||||
1239 | /// Calculate the magic numbers required to implement an unsigned integer | ||||
1240 | /// division by a constant as a sequence of multiplies, adds and shifts. | ||||
1241 | /// Requires that the divisor not be 0. Taken from "Hacker's Delight", Henry | ||||
1242 | /// S. Warren, Jr., chapter 10. | ||||
1243 | /// LeadingZeros can be used to simplify the calculation if the upper bits | ||||
1244 | /// of the divided value are known zero. | ||||
1245 | APInt::mu APInt::magicu(unsigned LeadingZeros) const { | ||||
1246 | const APInt& d = *this; | ||||
1247 | unsigned p; | ||||
1248 | APInt nc, delta, q1, r1, q2, r2; | ||||
1249 | struct mu magu; | ||||
1250 | magu.a = 0; // initialize "add" indicator | ||||
1251 | APInt allOnes = APInt::getAllOnesValue(d.getBitWidth()).lshr(LeadingZeros); | ||||
1252 | APInt signedMin = APInt::getSignedMinValue(d.getBitWidth()); | ||||
1253 | APInt signedMax = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(d.getBitWidth()); | ||||
1254 | |||||
1255 | nc = allOnes - (allOnes - d).urem(d); | ||||
1256 | p = d.getBitWidth() - 1; // initialize p | ||||
1257 | q1 = signedMin.udiv(nc); // initialize q1 = 2p/nc | ||||
1258 | r1 = signedMin - q1*nc; // initialize r1 = rem(2p,nc) | ||||
1259 | q2 = signedMax.udiv(d); // initialize q2 = (2p-1)/d | ||||
1260 | r2 = signedMax - q2*d; // initialize r2 = rem((2p-1),d) | ||||
1261 | do { | ||||
1262 | p = p + 1; | ||||
1263 | if (r1.uge(nc - r1)) { | ||||
1264 | q1 = q1 + q1 + 1; // update q1 | ||||
1265 | r1 = r1 + r1 - nc; // update r1 | ||||
1266 | } | ||||
1267 | else { | ||||
1268 | q1 = q1+q1; // update q1 | ||||
1269 | r1 = r1+r1; // update r1 | ||||
1270 | } | ||||
1271 | if ((r2 + 1).uge(d - r2)) { | ||||
1272 | if (q2.uge(signedMax)) magu.a = 1; | ||||
1273 | q2 = q2+q2 + 1; // update q2 | ||||
1274 | r2 = r2+r2 + 1 - d; // update r2 | ||||
1275 | } | ||||
1276 | else { | ||||
1277 | if (q2.uge(signedMin)) magu.a = 1; | ||||
1278 | q2 = q2+q2; // update q2 | ||||
1279 | r2 = r2+r2 + 1; // update r2 | ||||
1280 | } | ||||
1281 | delta = d - 1 - r2; | ||||
1282 | } while (p < d.getBitWidth()*2 && | ||||
1283 | (q1.ult(delta) || (q1 == delta && r1 == 0))); | ||||
1284 | magu.m = q2 + 1; // resulting magic number | ||||
1285 | magu.s = p - d.getBitWidth(); // resulting shift | ||||
1286 | return magu; | ||||
1287 | } | ||||
1288 | |||||
1289 | /// Implementation of Knuth's Algorithm D (Division of nonnegative integers) | ||||
1290 | /// from "Art of Computer Programming, Volume 2", section 4.3.1, p. 272. The | ||||
1291 | /// variables here have the same names as in the algorithm. Comments explain | ||||
1292 | /// the algorithm and any deviation from it. | ||||
1293 | static void KnuthDiv(uint32_t *u, uint32_t *v, uint32_t *q, uint32_t* r, | ||||
1294 | unsigned m, unsigned n) { | ||||
1295 | assert(u && "Must provide dividend")((u && "Must provide dividend") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("u && \"Must provide dividend\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1295, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1296 | assert(v && "Must provide divisor")((v && "Must provide divisor") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("v && \"Must provide divisor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1297 | assert(q && "Must provide quotient")((q && "Must provide quotient") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("q && \"Must provide quotient\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1297, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1298 | assert(u != v && u != q && v != q && "Must use different memory")((u != v && u != q && v != q && "Must use different memory" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("u != v && u != q && v != q && \"Must use different memory\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1298, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1299 | assert(n>1 && "n must be > 1")((n>1 && "n must be > 1") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("n>1 && \"n must be > 1\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1299, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1300 | |||||
1301 | // b denotes the base of the number system. In our case b is 2^32. | ||||
1302 | const uint64_t b = uint64_t(1) << 32; | ||||
1303 | |||||
1304 | // The DEBUG macros here tend to be spam in the debug output if you're not | ||||
1305 | // debugging this code. Disable them unless KNUTH_DEBUG is defined. | ||||
1306 | #ifdef KNUTH_DEBUG | ||||
1307 | #define DEBUG_KNUTH(X)do {} while(false) LLVM_DEBUG(X)do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { X; } } while (false) | ||||
1308 | #else | ||||
1309 | #define DEBUG_KNUTH(X)do {} while(false) do {} while(false) | ||||
1310 | #endif | ||||
1311 | |||||
1312 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: m=" << m << " n=" << n << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1313 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: original:")do {} while(false); | ||||
1314 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1315 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " by")do {} while(false); | ||||
1316 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = n; i > 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << v[i - 1])do {} while(false); | ||||
1317 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1318 | // D1. [Normalize.] Set d = b / (v[n-1] + 1) and multiply all the digits of | ||||
1319 | // u and v by d. Note that we have taken Knuth's advice here to use a power | ||||
1320 | // of 2 value for d such that d * v[n-1] >= b/2 (b is the base). A power of | ||||
1321 | // 2 allows us to shift instead of multiply and it is easy to determine the | ||||
1322 | // shift amount from the leading zeros. We are basically normalizing the u | ||||
1323 | // and v so that its high bits are shifted to the top of v's range without | ||||
1324 | // overflow. Note that this can require an extra word in u so that u must | ||||
1325 | // be of length m+n+1. | ||||
1326 | unsigned shift = countLeadingZeros(v[n-1]); | ||||
1327 | uint32_t v_carry = 0; | ||||
1328 | uint32_t u_carry = 0; | ||||
1329 | if (shift) { | ||||
1330 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < m+n; ++i) { | ||||
1331 | uint32_t u_tmp = u[i] >> (32 - shift); | ||||
1332 | u[i] = (u[i] << shift) | u_carry; | ||||
1333 | u_carry = u_tmp; | ||||
1334 | } | ||||
1335 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i) { | ||||
1336 | uint32_t v_tmp = v[i] >> (32 - shift); | ||||
1337 | v[i] = (v[i] << shift) | v_carry; | ||||
1338 | v_carry = v_tmp; | ||||
1339 | } | ||||
1340 | } | ||||
1341 | u[m+n] = u_carry; | ||||
1342 | |||||
1343 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: normal:")do {} while(false); | ||||
1344 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1345 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " by")do {} while(false); | ||||
1346 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = n; i > 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << v[i - 1])do {} while(false); | ||||
1347 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1348 | |||||
1349 | // D2. [Initialize j.] Set j to m. This is the loop counter over the places. | ||||
1350 | int j = m; | ||||
1351 | do { | ||||
1352 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: quotient digit #" << j << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1353 | // D3. [Calculate q'.]. | ||||
1354 | // Set qp = (u[j+n]*b + u[j+n-1]) / v[n-1]. (qp=qprime=q') | ||||
1355 | // Set rp = (u[j+n]*b + u[j+n-1]) % v[n-1]. (rp=rprime=r') | ||||
1356 | // Now test if qp == b or qp*v[n-2] > b*rp + u[j+n-2]; if so, decrease | ||||
1357 | // qp by 1, increase rp by v[n-1], and repeat this test if rp < b. The test | ||||
1358 | // on v[n-2] determines at high speed most of the cases in which the trial | ||||
1359 | // value qp is one too large, and it eliminates all cases where qp is two | ||||
1360 | // too large. | ||||
1361 | uint64_t dividend = Make_64(u[j+n], u[j+n-1]); | ||||
1362 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: dividend == " << dividend << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1363 | uint64_t qp = dividend / v[n-1]; | ||||
1364 | uint64_t rp = dividend % v[n-1]; | ||||
1365 | if (qp == b || qp*v[n-2] > b*rp + u[j+n-2]) { | ||||
1366 | qp--; | ||||
1367 | rp += v[n-1]; | ||||
1368 | if (rp < b && (qp == b || qp*v[n-2] > b*rp + u[j+n-2])) | ||||
1369 | qp--; | ||||
1370 | } | ||||
1371 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: qp == " << qp << ", rp == " << rp << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1372 | |||||
1373 | // D4. [Multiply and subtract.] Replace (u[j+n]u[j+n-1]...u[j]) with | ||||
1374 | // (u[j+n]u[j+n-1]..u[j]) - qp * (v[n-1]...v[1]v[0]). This computation | ||||
1375 | // consists of a simple multiplication by a one-place number, combined with | ||||
1376 | // a subtraction. | ||||
1377 | // The digits (u[j+n]...u[j]) should be kept positive; if the result of | ||||
1378 | // this step is actually negative, (u[j+n]...u[j]) should be left as the | ||||
1379 | // true value plus b**(n+1), namely as the b's complement of | ||||
1380 | // the true value, and a "borrow" to the left should be remembered. | ||||
1381 | int64_t borrow = 0; | ||||
1382 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i) { | ||||
1383 | uint64_t p = uint64_t(qp) * uint64_t(v[i]); | ||||
1384 | int64_t subres = int64_t(u[j+i]) - borrow - Lo_32(p); | ||||
1385 | u[j+i] = Lo_32(subres); | ||||
1386 | borrow = Hi_32(p) - Hi_32(subres); | ||||
1387 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: u[j+i] = " << u[j + i]do {} while(false) | ||||
1388 | << ", borrow = " << borrow << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1389 | } | ||||
1390 | bool isNeg = u[j+n] < borrow; | ||||
1391 | u[j+n] -= Lo_32(borrow); | ||||
1392 | |||||
1393 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: after subtraction:")do {} while(false); | ||||
1394 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1395 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1396 | |||||
1397 | // D5. [Test remainder.] Set q[j] = qp. If the result of step D4 was | ||||
1398 | // negative, go to step D6; otherwise go on to step D7. | ||||
1399 | q[j] = Lo_32(qp); | ||||
1400 | if (isNeg) { | ||||
1401 | // D6. [Add back]. The probability that this step is necessary is very | ||||
1402 | // small, on the order of only 2/b. Make sure that test data accounts for | ||||
1403 | // this possibility. Decrease q[j] by 1 | ||||
1404 | q[j]--; | ||||
1405 | // and add (0v[n-1]...v[1]v[0]) to (u[j+n]u[j+n-1]...u[j+1]u[j]). | ||||
1406 | // A carry will occur to the left of u[j+n], and it should be ignored | ||||
1407 | // since it cancels with the borrow that occurred in D4. | ||||
1408 | bool carry = false; | ||||
1409 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { | ||||
1410 | uint32_t limit = std::min(u[j+i],v[i]); | ||||
1411 | u[j+i] += v[i] + carry; | ||||
1412 | carry = u[j+i] < limit || (carry && u[j+i] == limit); | ||||
1413 | } | ||||
1414 | u[j+n] += carry; | ||||
1415 | } | ||||
1416 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: after correction:")do {} while(false); | ||||
1417 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1418 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "\nKnuthDiv: digit result = " << q[j] << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1419 | |||||
1420 | // D7. [Loop on j.] Decrease j by one. Now if j >= 0, go back to D3. | ||||
1421 | } while (--j >= 0); | ||||
1422 | |||||
1423 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: quotient:")do {} while(false); | ||||
1424 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << q[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1425 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1426 | |||||
1427 | // D8. [Unnormalize]. Now q[...] is the desired quotient, and the desired | ||||
1428 | // remainder may be obtained by dividing u[...] by d. If r is non-null we | ||||
1429 | // compute the remainder (urem uses this). | ||||
1430 | if (r) { | ||||
1431 | // The value d is expressed by the "shift" value above since we avoided | ||||
1432 | // multiplication by d by using a shift left. So, all we have to do is | ||||
1433 | // shift right here. | ||||
1434 | if (shift) { | ||||
1435 | uint32_t carry = 0; | ||||
1436 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: remainder:")do {} while(false); | ||||
1437 | for (int i = n-1; i >= 0; i--) { | ||||
1438 | r[i] = (u[i] >> shift) | carry; | ||||
1439 | carry = u[i] << (32 - shift); | ||||
1440 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " " << r[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1441 | } | ||||
1442 | } else { | ||||
1443 | for (int i = n-1; i >= 0; i--) { | ||||
1444 | r[i] = u[i]; | ||||
1445 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " " << r[i])do {} while(false); | ||||
1446 | } | ||||
1447 | } | ||||
1448 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1449 | } | ||||
1450 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||
1451 | } | ||||
1452 | |||||
1453 | void APInt::divide(const WordType *LHS, unsigned lhsWords, const WordType *RHS, | ||||
1454 | unsigned rhsWords, WordType *Quotient, WordType *Remainder) { | ||||
1455 | assert(lhsWords >= rhsWords && "Fractional result")((lhsWords >= rhsWords && "Fractional result") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("lhsWords >= rhsWords && \"Fractional result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1456 | |||||
1457 | // First, compose the values into an array of 32-bit words instead of | ||||
1458 | // 64-bit words. This is a necessity of both the "short division" algorithm | ||||
1459 | // and the Knuth "classical algorithm" which requires there to be native | ||||
1460 | // operations for +, -, and * on an m bit value with an m*2 bit result. We | ||||
1461 | // can't use 64-bit operands here because we don't have native results of | ||||
1462 | // 128-bits. Furthermore, casting the 64-bit values to 32-bit values won't | ||||
1463 | // work on large-endian machines. | ||||
1464 | unsigned n = rhsWords * 2; | ||||
1465 | unsigned m = (lhsWords * 2) - n; | ||||
1466 | |||||
1467 | // Allocate space for the temporary values we need either on the stack, if | ||||
1468 | // it will fit, or on the heap if it won't. | ||||
1469 | uint32_t SPACE[128]; | ||||
1470 | uint32_t *U = nullptr; | ||||
1471 | uint32_t *V = nullptr; | ||||
1472 | uint32_t *Q = nullptr; | ||||
1473 | uint32_t *R = nullptr; | ||||
1474 | if ((Remainder?4:3)*n+2*m+1 <= 128) { | ||||
1475 | U = &SPACE[0]; | ||||
1476 | V = &SPACE[m+n+1]; | ||||
1477 | Q = &SPACE[(m+n+1) + n]; | ||||
1478 | if (Remainder) | ||||
1479 | R = &SPACE[(m+n+1) + n + (m+n)]; | ||||
1480 | } else { | ||||
1481 | U = new uint32_t[m + n + 1]; | ||||
1482 | V = new uint32_t[n]; | ||||
1483 | Q = new uint32_t[m+n]; | ||||
1484 | if (Remainder) | ||||
1485 | R = new uint32_t[n]; | ||||
1486 | } | ||||
1487 | |||||
1488 | // Initialize the dividend | ||||
1489 | memset(U, 0, (m+n+1)*sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||
1490 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lhsWords; ++i) { | ||||
1491 | uint64_t tmp = LHS[i]; | ||||
1492 | U[i * 2] = Lo_32(tmp); | ||||
1493 | U[i * 2 + 1] = Hi_32(tmp); | ||||
1494 | } | ||||
1495 | U[m+n] = 0; // this extra word is for "spill" in the Knuth algorithm. | ||||
1496 | |||||
1497 | // Initialize the divisor | ||||
1498 | memset(V, 0, (n)*sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||
1499 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < rhsWords; ++i) { | ||||
1500 | uint64_t tmp = RHS[i]; | ||||
1501 | V[i * 2] = Lo_32(tmp); | ||||
1502 | V[i * 2 + 1] = Hi_32(tmp); | ||||
1503 | } | ||||
1504 | |||||
1505 | // initialize the quotient and remainder | ||||
1506 | memset(Q, 0, (m+n) * sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||
1507 | if (Remainder) | ||||
1508 | memset(R, 0, n * sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||
1509 | |||||
1510 | // Now, adjust m and n for the Knuth division. n is the number of words in | ||||
1511 | // the divisor. m is the number of words by which the dividend exceeds the | ||||
1512 | // divisor (i.e. m+n is the length of the dividend). These sizes must not | ||||
1513 | // contain any zero words or the Knuth algorithm fails. | ||||
1514 | for (unsigned i = n; i > 0 && V[i-1] == 0; i--) { | ||||
1515 | n--; | ||||
1516 | m++; | ||||
1517 | } | ||||
1518 | for (unsigned i = m+n; i > 0 && U[i-1] == 0; i--) | ||||
1519 | m--; | ||||
1520 | |||||
1521 | // If we're left with only a single word for the divisor, Knuth doesn't work | ||||
1522 | // so we implement the short division algorithm here. This is much simpler | ||||
1523 | // and faster because we are certain that we can divide a 64-bit quantity | ||||
1524 | // by a 32-bit quantity at hardware speed and short division is simply a | ||||
1525 | // series of such operations. This is just like doing short division but we | ||||
1526 | // are using base 2^32 instead of base 10. | ||||
1527 | assert(n != 0 && "Divide by zero?")((n != 0 && "Divide by zero?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("n != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1527, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1528 | if (n == 1) { | ||||
1529 | uint32_t divisor = V[0]; | ||||
1530 | uint32_t remainder = 0; | ||||
1531 | for (int i = m; i >= 0; i--) { | ||||
1532 | uint64_t partial_dividend = Make_64(remainder, U[i]); | ||||
1533 | if (partial_dividend == 0) { | ||||
1534 | Q[i] = 0; | ||||
1535 | remainder = 0; | ||||
1536 | } else if (partial_dividend < divisor) { | ||||
1537 | Q[i] = 0; | ||||
1538 | remainder = Lo_32(partial_dividend); | ||||
1539 | } else if (partial_dividend == divisor) { | ||||
1540 | Q[i] = 1; | ||||
1541 | remainder = 0; | ||||
1542 | } else { | ||||
1543 | Q[i] = Lo_32(partial_dividend / divisor); | ||||
1544 | remainder = Lo_32(partial_dividend - (Q[i] * divisor)); | ||||
1545 | } | ||||
1546 | } | ||||
1547 | if (R) | ||||
1548 | R[0] = remainder; | ||||
1549 | } else { | ||||
1550 | // Now we're ready to invoke the Knuth classical divide algorithm. In this | ||||
1551 | // case n > 1. | ||||
1552 | KnuthDiv(U, V, Q, R, m, n); | ||||
1553 | } | ||||
1554 | |||||
1555 | // If the caller wants the quotient | ||||
1556 | if (Quotient) { | ||||
1557 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lhsWords; ++i) | ||||
1558 | Quotient[i] = Make_64(Q[i*2+1], Q[i*2]); | ||||
1559 | } | ||||
1560 | |||||
1561 | // If the caller wants the remainder | ||||
1562 | if (Remainder) { | ||||
1563 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < rhsWords; ++i) | ||||
1564 | Remainder[i] = Make_64(R[i*2+1], R[i*2]); | ||||
1565 | } | ||||
1566 | |||||
1567 | // Clean up the memory we allocated. | ||||
1568 | if (U != &SPACE[0]) { | ||||
1569 | delete [] U; | ||||
1570 | delete [] V; | ||||
1571 | delete [] Q; | ||||
1572 | delete [] R; | ||||
1573 | } | ||||
1574 | } | ||||
1575 | |||||
1576 | APInt APInt::udiv(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1577 | assert
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1577, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1578 | |||||
1579 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||
1580 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
1581 | assert(RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?")((RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.U.VAL != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1581, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1582 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL / RHS.U.VAL); | ||||
1583 | } | ||||
1584 | |||||
1585 | // Get some facts about the LHS and RHS number of bits and words | ||||
1586 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||
1587 | unsigned rhsBits = RHS.getActiveBits(); | ||||
1588 | unsigned rhsWords = getNumWords(rhsBits); | ||||
1589 | assert(rhsWords && "Divided by zero???")((rhsWords && "Divided by zero???") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("rhsWords && \"Divided by zero???\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1589, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1590 | |||||
1591 | // Deal with some degenerate cases | ||||
1592 | if (!lhsWords) | ||||
1593 | // 0 / X ===> 0 | ||||
1594 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1595 | if (rhsBits == 1) | ||||
1596 | // X / 1 ===> X | ||||
1597 | return *this; | ||||
1598 | if (lhsWords < rhsWords || this->ult(RHS)) | ||||
1599 | // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||
1600 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1601 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||
1602 | // X / X ===> 1 | ||||
1603 | return APInt(BitWidth, 1); | ||||
1604 | if (lhsWords == 1) // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||
1605 | // All high words are zero, just use native divide | ||||
1606 | return APInt(BitWidth, this->U.pVal[0] / RHS.U.pVal[0]); | ||||
1607 | |||||
1608 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||
1609 | APInt Quotient(BitWidth, 0); // to hold result. | ||||
1610 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, RHS.U.pVal, rhsWords, Quotient.U.pVal, nullptr); | ||||
1611 | return Quotient; | ||||
1612 | } | ||||
1613 | |||||
1614 | APInt APInt::udiv(uint64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1615 | assert(RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?")((RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1615, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1616 | |||||
1617 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||
1618 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1619 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL / RHS); | ||||
1620 | |||||
1621 | // Get some facts about the LHS words. | ||||
1622 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||
1623 | |||||
1624 | // Deal with some degenerate cases | ||||
1625 | if (!lhsWords) | ||||
1626 | // 0 / X ===> 0 | ||||
1627 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1628 | if (RHS == 1) | ||||
1629 | // X / 1 ===> X | ||||
1630 | return *this; | ||||
1631 | if (this->ult(RHS)) | ||||
1632 | // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||
1633 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1634 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||
1635 | // X / X ===> 1 | ||||
1636 | return APInt(BitWidth, 1); | ||||
1637 | if (lhsWords == 1) // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||
1638 | // All high words are zero, just use native divide | ||||
1639 | return APInt(BitWidth, this->U.pVal[0] / RHS); | ||||
1640 | |||||
1641 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||
1642 | APInt Quotient(BitWidth, 0); // to hold result. | ||||
1643 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, &RHS, 1, Quotient.U.pVal, nullptr); | ||||
1644 | return Quotient; | ||||
1645 | } | ||||
1646 | |||||
1647 | APInt APInt::sdiv(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1648 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||
1649 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||
1650 | return (-(*this)).udiv(-RHS); | ||||
1651 | return -((-(*this)).udiv(RHS)); | ||||
1652 | } | ||||
1653 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||
1654 | return -(this->udiv(-RHS)); | ||||
1655 | return this->udiv(RHS); | ||||
1656 | } | ||||
1657 | |||||
1658 | APInt APInt::sdiv(int64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1659 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||
1660 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||
1661 | return (-(*this)).udiv(-RHS); | ||||
1662 | return -((-(*this)).udiv(RHS)); | ||||
1663 | } | ||||
1664 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||
1665 | return -(this->udiv(-RHS)); | ||||
1666 | return this->udiv(RHS); | ||||
1667 | } | ||||
1668 | |||||
1669 | APInt APInt::urem(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1670 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1670, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1671 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
1672 | assert(RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Remainder by zero?")((RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Remainder by zero?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.U.VAL != 0 && \"Remainder by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1672, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1673 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL % RHS.U.VAL); | ||||
1674 | } | ||||
1675 | |||||
1676 | // Get some facts about the LHS | ||||
1677 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||
1678 | |||||
1679 | // Get some facts about the RHS | ||||
1680 | unsigned rhsBits = RHS.getActiveBits(); | ||||
1681 | unsigned rhsWords = getNumWords(rhsBits); | ||||
1682 | assert(rhsWords && "Performing remainder operation by zero ???")((rhsWords && "Performing remainder operation by zero ???" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("rhsWords && \"Performing remainder operation by zero ???\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1682, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1683 | |||||
1684 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||
1685 | if (lhsWords == 0) | ||||
1686 | // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||
1687 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1688 | if (rhsBits == 1) | ||||
1689 | // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||
1690 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1691 | if (lhsWords < rhsWords || this->ult(RHS)) | ||||
1692 | // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||
1693 | return *this; | ||||
1694 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||
1695 | // X % X == 0; | ||||
1696 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1697 | if (lhsWords == 1) | ||||
1698 | // All high words are zero, just use native remainder | ||||
1699 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.pVal[0] % RHS.U.pVal[0]); | ||||
1700 | |||||
1701 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||
1702 | APInt Remainder(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1703 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, RHS.U.pVal, rhsWords, nullptr, Remainder.U.pVal); | ||||
1704 | return Remainder; | ||||
1705 | } | ||||
1706 | |||||
1707 | uint64_t APInt::urem(uint64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1708 | assert(RHS != 0 && "Remainder by zero?")((RHS != 0 && "Remainder by zero?") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS != 0 && \"Remainder by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1708, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1709 | |||||
1710 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1711 | return U.VAL % RHS; | ||||
1712 | |||||
1713 | // Get some facts about the LHS | ||||
1714 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||
1715 | |||||
1716 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||
1717 | if (lhsWords == 0) | ||||
1718 | // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||
1719 | return 0; | ||||
1720 | if (RHS == 1) | ||||
1721 | // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||
1722 | return 0; | ||||
1723 | if (this->ult(RHS)) | ||||
1724 | // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||
1725 | return getZExtValue(); | ||||
1726 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||
1727 | // X % X == 0; | ||||
1728 | return 0; | ||||
1729 | if (lhsWords == 1) | ||||
1730 | // All high words are zero, just use native remainder | ||||
1731 | return U.pVal[0] % RHS; | ||||
1732 | |||||
1733 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||
1734 | uint64_t Remainder; | ||||
1735 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, &RHS, 1, nullptr, &Remainder); | ||||
1736 | return Remainder; | ||||
1737 | } | ||||
1738 | |||||
1739 | APInt APInt::srem(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1740 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||
1741 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||
1742 | return -((-(*this)).urem(-RHS)); | ||||
1743 | return -((-(*this)).urem(RHS)); | ||||
1744 | } | ||||
1745 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||
1746 | return this->urem(-RHS); | ||||
1747 | return this->urem(RHS); | ||||
1748 | } | ||||
1749 | |||||
1750 | int64_t APInt::srem(int64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1751 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||
1752 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||
1753 | return -((-(*this)).urem(-RHS)); | ||||
1754 | return -((-(*this)).urem(RHS)); | ||||
1755 | } | ||||
1756 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||
1757 | return this->urem(-RHS); | ||||
1758 | return this->urem(RHS); | ||||
1759 | } | ||||
1760 | |||||
1761 | void APInt::udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, | ||||
1762 | APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder) { | ||||
1763 | assert(LHS.BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((LHS.BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS.BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1763, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1764 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS.BitWidth; | ||||
1765 | |||||
1766 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||
1767 | if (LHS.isSingleWord()) { | ||||
1768 | assert(RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?")((RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.U.VAL != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1768, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1769 | uint64_t QuotVal = LHS.U.VAL / RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
1770 | uint64_t RemVal = LHS.U.VAL % RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
1771 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, QuotVal); | ||||
1772 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, RemVal); | ||||
1773 | return; | ||||
1774 | } | ||||
1775 | |||||
1776 | // Get some size facts about the dividend and divisor | ||||
1777 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(LHS.getActiveBits()); | ||||
1778 | unsigned rhsBits = RHS.getActiveBits(); | ||||
1779 | unsigned rhsWords = getNumWords(rhsBits); | ||||
1780 | assert(rhsWords && "Performing divrem operation by zero ???")((rhsWords && "Performing divrem operation by zero ???" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("rhsWords && \"Performing divrem operation by zero ???\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1780, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1781 | |||||
1782 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||
1783 | if (lhsWords == 0) { | ||||
1784 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // 0 / Y ===> 0 | ||||
1785 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||
1786 | return; | ||||
1787 | } | ||||
1788 | |||||
1789 | if (rhsBits == 1) { | ||||
1790 | Quotient = LHS; // X / 1 ===> X | ||||
1791 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||
1792 | } | ||||
1793 | |||||
1794 | if (lhsWords < rhsWords || LHS.ult(RHS)) { | ||||
1795 | Remainder = LHS; // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||
1796 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||
1797 | return; | ||||
1798 | } | ||||
1799 | |||||
1800 | if (LHS == RHS) { | ||||
1801 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 1); // X / X ===> 1 | ||||
1802 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X % X ===> 0; | ||||
1803 | return; | ||||
1804 | } | ||||
1805 | |||||
1806 | // Make sure there is enough space to hold the results. | ||||
1807 | // NOTE: This assumes that reallocate won't affect any bits if it doesn't | ||||
1808 | // change the size. This is necessary if Quotient or Remainder is aliased | ||||
1809 | // with LHS or RHS. | ||||
1810 | Quotient.reallocate(BitWidth); | ||||
1811 | Remainder.reallocate(BitWidth); | ||||
1812 | |||||
1813 | if (lhsWords == 1) { // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||
1814 | // There is only one word to consider so use the native versions. | ||||
1815 | uint64_t lhsValue = LHS.U.pVal[0]; | ||||
1816 | uint64_t rhsValue = RHS.U.pVal[0]; | ||||
1817 | Quotient = lhsValue / rhsValue; | ||||
1818 | Remainder = lhsValue % rhsValue; | ||||
1819 | return; | ||||
1820 | } | ||||
1821 | |||||
1822 | // Okay, lets do it the long way | ||||
1823 | divide(LHS.U.pVal, lhsWords, RHS.U.pVal, rhsWords, Quotient.U.pVal, | ||||
1824 | Remainder.U.pVal); | ||||
1825 | // Clear the rest of the Quotient and Remainder. | ||||
1826 | std::memset(Quotient.U.pVal + lhsWords, 0, | ||||
1827 | (getNumWords(BitWidth) - lhsWords) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
1828 | std::memset(Remainder.U.pVal + rhsWords, 0, | ||||
1829 | (getNumWords(BitWidth) - rhsWords) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
1830 | } | ||||
1831 | |||||
1832 | void APInt::udivrem(const APInt &LHS, uint64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient, | ||||
1833 | uint64_t &Remainder) { | ||||
1834 | assert(RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?")((RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 1834, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1835 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS.BitWidth; | ||||
1836 | |||||
1837 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||
1838 | if (LHS.isSingleWord()) { | ||||
1839 | uint64_t QuotVal = LHS.U.VAL / RHS; | ||||
1840 | Remainder = LHS.U.VAL % RHS; | ||||
1841 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, QuotVal); | ||||
1842 | return; | ||||
1843 | } | ||||
1844 | |||||
1845 | // Get some size facts about the dividend and divisor | ||||
1846 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(LHS.getActiveBits()); | ||||
1847 | |||||
1848 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||
1849 | if (lhsWords == 0) { | ||||
1850 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // 0 / Y ===> 0 | ||||
1851 | Remainder = 0; // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||
1852 | return; | ||||
1853 | } | ||||
1854 | |||||
1855 | if (RHS == 1) { | ||||
1856 | Quotient = LHS; // X / 1 ===> X | ||||
1857 | Remainder = 0; // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||
1858 | return; | ||||
1859 | } | ||||
1860 | |||||
1861 | if (LHS.ult(RHS)) { | ||||
1862 | Remainder = LHS.getZExtValue(); // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||
1863 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||
1864 | return; | ||||
1865 | } | ||||
1866 | |||||
1867 | if (LHS == RHS) { | ||||
1868 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 1); // X / X ===> 1 | ||||
1869 | Remainder = 0; // X % X ===> 0; | ||||
1870 | return; | ||||
1871 | } | ||||
1872 | |||||
1873 | // Make sure there is enough space to hold the results. | ||||
1874 | // NOTE: This assumes that reallocate won't affect any bits if it doesn't | ||||
1875 | // change the size. This is necessary if Quotient is aliased with LHS. | ||||
1876 | Quotient.reallocate(BitWidth); | ||||
1877 | |||||
1878 | if (lhsWords == 1) { // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||
1879 | // There is only one word to consider so use the native versions. | ||||
1880 | uint64_t lhsValue = LHS.U.pVal[0]; | ||||
1881 | Quotient = lhsValue / RHS; | ||||
1882 | Remainder = lhsValue % RHS; | ||||
1883 | return; | ||||
1884 | } | ||||
1885 | |||||
1886 | // Okay, lets do it the long way | ||||
1887 | divide(LHS.U.pVal, lhsWords, &RHS, 1, Quotient.U.pVal, &Remainder); | ||||
1888 | // Clear the rest of the Quotient. | ||||
1889 | std::memset(Quotient.U.pVal + lhsWords, 0, | ||||
1890 | (getNumWords(BitWidth) - lhsWords) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
1891 | } | ||||
1892 | |||||
1893 | void APInt::sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, | ||||
1894 | APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder) { | ||||
1895 | if (LHS.isNegative()) { | ||||
1896 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||
1897 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, -RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||
1898 | else { | ||||
1899 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||
1900 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||
1901 | } | ||||
1902 | Remainder.negate(); | ||||
1903 | } else if (RHS.isNegative()) { | ||||
1904 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, -RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||
1905 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||
1906 | } else { | ||||
1907 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||
1908 | } | ||||
1909 | } | ||||
1910 | |||||
1911 | void APInt::sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, int64_t RHS, | ||||
1912 | APInt &Quotient, int64_t &Remainder) { | ||||
1913 | uint64_t R = Remainder; | ||||
1914 | if (LHS.isNegative()) { | ||||
1915 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||
1916 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, -RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||
1917 | else { | ||||
1918 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||
1919 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||
1920 | } | ||||
1921 | R = -R; | ||||
1922 | } else if (RHS < 0) { | ||||
1923 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, -RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||
1924 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||
1925 | } else { | ||||
1926 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||
1927 | } | ||||
1928 | Remainder = R; | ||||
1929 | } | ||||
1930 | |||||
1931 | APInt APInt::sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1932 | APInt Res = *this+RHS; | ||||
1933 | Overflow = isNonNegative() == RHS.isNonNegative() && | ||||
1934 | Res.isNonNegative() != isNonNegative(); | ||||
1935 | return Res; | ||||
1936 | } | ||||
1937 | |||||
1938 | APInt APInt::uadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1939 | APInt Res = *this+RHS; | ||||
1940 | Overflow = Res.ult(RHS); | ||||
1941 | return Res; | ||||
1942 | } | ||||
1943 | |||||
1944 | APInt APInt::ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1945 | APInt Res = *this - RHS; | ||||
1946 | Overflow = isNonNegative() != RHS.isNonNegative() && | ||||
1947 | Res.isNonNegative() != isNonNegative(); | ||||
1948 | return Res; | ||||
1949 | } | ||||
1950 | |||||
1951 | APInt APInt::usub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1952 | APInt Res = *this-RHS; | ||||
1953 | Overflow = Res.ugt(*this); | ||||
1954 | return Res; | ||||
1955 | } | ||||
1956 | |||||
1957 | APInt APInt::sdiv_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1958 | // MININT/-1 --> overflow. | ||||
1959 | Overflow = isMinSignedValue() && RHS.isAllOnesValue(); | ||||
1960 | return sdiv(RHS); | ||||
1961 | } | ||||
1962 | |||||
1963 | APInt APInt::smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1964 | APInt Res = *this * RHS; | ||||
1965 | |||||
1966 | if (*this != 0 && RHS != 0) | ||||
1967 | Overflow = Res.sdiv(RHS) != *this || Res.sdiv(*this) != RHS; | ||||
1968 | else | ||||
1969 | Overflow = false; | ||||
1970 | return Res; | ||||
1971 | } | ||||
1972 | |||||
1973 | APInt APInt::umul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1974 | if (countLeadingZeros() + RHS.countLeadingZeros() + 2 <= BitWidth) { | ||||
1975 | Overflow = true; | ||||
1976 | return *this * RHS; | ||||
1977 | } | ||||
1978 | |||||
1979 | APInt Res = lshr(1) * RHS; | ||||
1980 | Overflow = Res.isNegative(); | ||||
1981 | Res <<= 1; | ||||
1982 | if ((*this)[0]) { | ||||
1983 | Res += RHS; | ||||
1984 | if (Res.ult(RHS)) | ||||
1985 | Overflow = true; | ||||
1986 | } | ||||
1987 | return Res; | ||||
1988 | } | ||||
1989 | |||||
1990 | APInt APInt::sshl_ov(const APInt &ShAmt, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
1991 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(getBitWidth()); | ||||
1992 | if (Overflow) | ||||
1993 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
1994 | |||||
1995 | if (isNonNegative()) // Don't allow sign change. | ||||
1996 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(countLeadingZeros()); | ||||
1997 | else | ||||
1998 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(countLeadingOnes()); | ||||
1999 | |||||
2000 | return *this << ShAmt; | ||||
2001 | } | ||||
2002 | |||||
2003 | APInt APInt::ushl_ov(const APInt &ShAmt, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||
2004 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(getBitWidth()); | ||||
2005 | if (Overflow) | ||||
2006 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
2007 | |||||
2008 | Overflow = ShAmt.ugt(countLeadingZeros()); | ||||
2009 | |||||
2010 | return *this << ShAmt; | ||||
2011 | } | ||||
2012 | |||||
2013 | APInt APInt::sadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
2014 | bool Overflow; | ||||
2015 | APInt Res = sadd_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||
2016 | if (!Overflow) | ||||
2017 | return Res; | ||||
2018 | |||||
2019 | return isNegative() ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) | ||||
2020 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||
2021 | } | ||||
2022 | |||||
2023 | APInt APInt::uadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
2024 | bool Overflow; | ||||
2025 | APInt Res = uadd_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||
2026 | if (!Overflow) | ||||
2027 | return Res; | ||||
2028 | |||||
2029 | return APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||
2030 | } | ||||
2031 | |||||
2032 | APInt APInt::ssub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
2033 | bool Overflow; | ||||
2034 | APInt Res = ssub_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||
2035 | if (!Overflow) | ||||
2036 | return Res; | ||||
2037 | |||||
2038 | return isNegative() ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) | ||||
2039 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||
2040 | } | ||||
2041 | |||||
2042 | APInt APInt::usub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
2043 | bool Overflow; | ||||
2044 | APInt Res = usub_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||
2045 | if (!Overflow) | ||||
2046 | return Res; | ||||
2047 | |||||
2048 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||
2049 | } | ||||
2050 | |||||
2051 | |||||
2052 | void APInt::fromString(unsigned numbits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix) { | ||||
2053 | // Check our assumptions here | ||||
2054 | assert(!str.empty() && "Invalid string length")((!str.empty() && "Invalid string length") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && \"Invalid string length\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2054, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2055 | assert((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 ||(((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2057, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2056 | radix == 36) &&(((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2057, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2057 | "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!")(((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2057, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2058 | |||||
2059 | StringRef::iterator p = str.begin(); | ||||
2060 | size_t slen = str.size(); | ||||
2061 | bool isNeg = *p == '-'; | ||||
2062 | if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') { | ||||
2063 | p++; | ||||
2064 | slen--; | ||||
2065 | assert(slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.")((slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("slen && \"String is only a sign, needs a value.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2065, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2066 | } | ||||
2067 | assert((slen <= numbits || radix != 2) && "Insufficient bit width")(((slen <= numbits || radix != 2) && "Insufficient bit width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(slen <= numbits || radix != 2) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2067, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2068 | assert(((slen-1)*3 <= numbits || radix != 8) && "Insufficient bit width")((((slen-1)*3 <= numbits || radix != 8) && "Insufficient bit width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((slen-1)*3 <= numbits || radix != 8) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2068, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2069 | assert(((slen-1)*4 <= numbits || radix != 16) && "Insufficient bit width")((((slen-1)*4 <= numbits || radix != 16) && "Insufficient bit width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((slen-1)*4 <= numbits || radix != 16) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2069, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2070 | assert((((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) &&(((((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && "Insufficient bit width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2071 | "Insufficient bit width")(((((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && "Insufficient bit width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2072 | |||||
2073 | // Allocate memory if needed | ||||
2074 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
2075 | U.VAL = 0; | ||||
2076 | else | ||||
2077 | U.pVal = getClearedMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||
2078 | |||||
2079 | // Figure out if we can shift instead of multiply | ||||
2080 | unsigned shift = (radix == 16 ? 4 : radix == 8 ? 3 : radix == 2 ? 1 : 0); | ||||
2081 | |||||
2082 | // Enter digit traversal loop | ||||
2083 | for (StringRef::iterator e = str.end(); p != e; ++p) { | ||||
2084 | unsigned digit = getDigit(*p, radix); | ||||
2085 | assert(digit < radix && "Invalid character in digit string")((digit < radix && "Invalid character in digit string" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("digit < radix && \"Invalid character in digit string\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2085, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2086 | |||||
2087 | // Shift or multiply the value by the radix | ||||
2088 | if (slen > 1) { | ||||
2089 | if (shift) | ||||
2090 | *this <<= shift; | ||||
2091 | else | ||||
2092 | *this *= radix; | ||||
2093 | } | ||||
2094 | |||||
2095 | // Add in the digit we just interpreted | ||||
2096 | *this += digit; | ||||
2097 | } | ||||
2098 | // If its negative, put it in two's complement form | ||||
2099 | if (isNeg) | ||||
2100 | this->negate(); | ||||
2101 | } | ||||
2102 | |||||
2103 | void APInt::toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix, | ||||
2104 | bool Signed, bool formatAsCLiteral) const { | ||||
2105 | assert((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 ||(((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2107, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2106 | Radix == 36) &&(((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2107, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2107 | "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!")(((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2107, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2108 | |||||
2109 | const char *Prefix = ""; | ||||
2110 | if (formatAsCLiteral) { | ||||
2111 | switch (Radix) { | ||||
2112 | case 2: | ||||
2113 | // Binary literals are a non-standard extension added in gcc 4.3: | ||||
2114 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.3.0/gcc/Binary-constants.html | ||||
2115 | Prefix = "0b"; | ||||
2116 | break; | ||||
2117 | case 8: | ||||
2118 | Prefix = "0"; | ||||
2119 | break; | ||||
2120 | case 10: | ||||
2121 | break; // No prefix | ||||
2122 | case 16: | ||||
2123 | Prefix = "0x"; | ||||
2124 | break; | ||||
2125 | default: | ||||
2126 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid radix!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid radix!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2126); | ||||
2127 | } | ||||
2128 | } | ||||
2129 | |||||
2130 | // First, check for a zero value and just short circuit the logic below. | ||||
2131 | if (*this == 0) { | ||||
2132 | while (*Prefix) { | ||||
2133 | Str.push_back(*Prefix); | ||||
2134 | ++Prefix; | ||||
2135 | }; | ||||
2136 | Str.push_back('0'); | ||||
2137 | return; | ||||
2138 | } | ||||
2139 | |||||
2140 | static const char Digits[] = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"; | ||||
2141 | |||||
2142 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
2143 | char Buffer[65]; | ||||
2144 | char *BufPtr = std::end(Buffer); | ||||
2145 | |||||
2146 | uint64_t N; | ||||
2147 | if (!Signed) { | ||||
2148 | N = getZExtValue(); | ||||
2149 | } else { | ||||
2150 | int64_t I = getSExtValue(); | ||||
2151 | if (I >= 0) { | ||||
2152 | N = I; | ||||
2153 | } else { | ||||
2154 | Str.push_back('-'); | ||||
2155 | N = -(uint64_t)I; | ||||
2156 | } | ||||
2157 | } | ||||
2158 | |||||
2159 | while (*Prefix) { | ||||
2160 | Str.push_back(*Prefix); | ||||
2161 | ++Prefix; | ||||
2162 | }; | ||||
2163 | |||||
2164 | while (N) { | ||||
2165 | *--BufPtr = Digits[N % Radix]; | ||||
2166 | N /= Radix; | ||||
2167 | } | ||||
2168 | Str.append(BufPtr, std::end(Buffer)); | ||||
2169 | return; | ||||
2170 | } | ||||
2171 | |||||
2172 | APInt Tmp(*this); | ||||
2173 | |||||
2174 | if (Signed && isNegative()) { | ||||
2175 | // They want to print the signed version and it is a negative value | ||||
2176 | // Flip the bits and add one to turn it into the equivalent positive | ||||
2177 | // value and put a '-' in the result. | ||||
2178 | Tmp.negate(); | ||||
2179 | Str.push_back('-'); | ||||
2180 | } | ||||
2181 | |||||
2182 | while (*Prefix) { | ||||
2183 | Str.push_back(*Prefix); | ||||
2184 | ++Prefix; | ||||
2185 | }; | ||||
2186 | |||||
2187 | // We insert the digits backward, then reverse them to get the right order. | ||||
2188 | unsigned StartDig = Str.size(); | ||||
2189 | |||||
2190 | // For the 2, 8 and 16 bit cases, we can just shift instead of divide | ||||
2191 | // because the number of bits per digit (1, 3 and 4 respectively) divides | ||||
2192 | // equally. We just shift until the value is zero. | ||||
2193 | if (Radix == 2 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16) { | ||||
2194 | // Just shift tmp right for each digit width until it becomes zero | ||||
2195 | unsigned ShiftAmt = (Radix == 16 ? 4 : (Radix == 8 ? 3 : 1)); | ||||
2196 | unsigned MaskAmt = Radix - 1; | ||||
2197 | |||||
2198 | while (Tmp.getBoolValue()) { | ||||
2199 | unsigned Digit = unsigned(Tmp.getRawData()[0]) & MaskAmt; | ||||
2200 | Str.push_back(Digits[Digit]); | ||||
2201 | Tmp.lshrInPlace(ShiftAmt); | ||||
2202 | } | ||||
2203 | } else { | ||||
2204 | while (Tmp.getBoolValue()) { | ||||
2205 | uint64_t Digit; | ||||
2206 | udivrem(Tmp, Radix, Tmp, Digit); | ||||
2207 | assert(Digit < Radix && "divide failed")((Digit < Radix && "divide failed") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Digit < Radix && \"divide failed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2207, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2208 | Str.push_back(Digits[Digit]); | ||||
2209 | } | ||||
2210 | } | ||||
2211 | |||||
2212 | // Reverse the digits before returning. | ||||
2213 | std::reverse(Str.begin()+StartDig, Str.end()); | ||||
2214 | } | ||||
2215 | |||||
2216 | /// Returns the APInt as a std::string. Note that this is an inefficient method. | ||||
2217 | /// It is better to pass in a SmallVector/SmallString to the methods above. | ||||
2218 | std::string APInt::toString(unsigned Radix = 10, bool Signed = true) const { | ||||
2219 | SmallString<40> S; | ||||
2220 | toString(S, Radix, Signed, /* formatAsCLiteral = */false); | ||||
2221 | return S.str(); | ||||
2222 | } | ||||
2223 | |||||
2224 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) | ||||
2225 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void APInt::dump() const { | ||||
2226 | SmallString<40> S, U; | ||||
2227 | this->toStringUnsigned(U); | ||||
2228 | this->toStringSigned(S); | ||||
2229 | dbgs() << "APInt(" << BitWidth << "b, " | ||||
2230 | << U << "u " << S << "s)\n"; | ||||
2231 | } | ||||
2232 | #endif | ||||
2233 | |||||
2234 | void APInt::print(raw_ostream &OS, bool isSigned) const { | ||||
2235 | SmallString<40> S; | ||||
2236 | this->toString(S, 10, isSigned, /* formatAsCLiteral = */false); | ||||
2237 | OS << S; | ||||
2238 | } | ||||
2239 | |||||
2240 | // This implements a variety of operations on a representation of | ||||
2241 | // arbitrary precision, two's-complement, bignum integer values. | ||||
2242 | |||||
2243 | // Assumed by lowHalf, highHalf, partMSB and partLSB. A fairly safe | ||||
2244 | // and unrestricting assumption. | ||||
2245 | static_assert(APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD % 2 == 0, | ||||
2246 | "Part width must be divisible by 2!"); | ||||
2247 | |||||
2248 | /* Some handy functions local to this file. */ | ||||
2249 | |||||
2250 | /* Returns the integer part with the least significant BITS set. | ||||
2251 | BITS cannot be zero. */ | ||||
2252 | static inline APInt::WordType lowBitMask(unsigned bits) { | ||||
2253 | assert(bits != 0 && bits <= APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD)((bits != 0 && bits <= APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bits != 0 && bits <= APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2253, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2254 | |||||
2255 | return ~(APInt::WordType) 0 >> (APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - bits); | ||||
2256 | } | ||||
2257 | |||||
2258 | /* Returns the value of the lower half of PART. */ | ||||
2259 | static inline APInt::WordType lowHalf(APInt::WordType part) { | ||||
2260 | return part & lowBitMask(APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2); | ||||
2261 | } | ||||
2262 | |||||
2263 | /* Returns the value of the upper half of PART. */ | ||||
2264 | static inline APInt::WordType highHalf(APInt::WordType part) { | ||||
2265 | return part >> (APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2); | ||||
2266 | } | ||||
2267 | |||||
2268 | /* Returns the bit number of the most significant set bit of a part. | ||||
2269 | If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned. */ | ||||
2270 | static unsigned partMSB(APInt::WordType value) { | ||||
2271 | return findLastSet(value, ZB_Max); | ||||
2272 | } | ||||
2273 | |||||
2274 | /* Returns the bit number of the least significant set bit of a | ||||
2275 | part. If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned. */ | ||||
2276 | static unsigned partLSB(APInt::WordType value) { | ||||
2277 | return findFirstSet(value, ZB_Max); | ||||
2278 | } | ||||
2279 | |||||
2280 | /* Sets the least significant part of a bignum to the input value, and | ||||
2281 | zeroes out higher parts. */ | ||||
2282 | void APInt::tcSet(WordType *dst, WordType part, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2283 | assert(parts > 0)((parts > 0) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("parts > 0", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2284 | |||||
2285 | dst[0] = part; | ||||
2286 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2287 | dst[i] = 0; | ||||
2288 | } | ||||
2289 | |||||
2290 | /* Assign one bignum to another. */ | ||||
2291 | void APInt::tcAssign(WordType *dst, const WordType *src, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2292 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2293 | dst[i] = src[i]; | ||||
2294 | } | ||||
2295 | |||||
2296 | /* Returns true if a bignum is zero, false otherwise. */ | ||||
2297 | bool APInt::tcIsZero(const WordType *src, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2298 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2299 | if (src[i]) | ||||
2300 | return false; | ||||
2301 | |||||
2302 | return true; | ||||
2303 | } | ||||
2304 | |||||
2305 | /* Extract the given bit of a bignum; returns 0 or 1. */ | ||||
2306 | int APInt::tcExtractBit(const WordType *parts, unsigned bit) { | ||||
2307 | return (parts[whichWord(bit)] & maskBit(bit)) != 0; | ||||
2308 | } | ||||
2309 | |||||
2310 | /* Set the given bit of a bignum. */ | ||||
2311 | void APInt::tcSetBit(WordType *parts, unsigned bit) { | ||||
2312 | parts[whichWord(bit)] |= maskBit(bit); | ||||
2313 | } | ||||
2314 | |||||
2315 | /* Clears the given bit of a bignum. */ | ||||
2316 | void APInt::tcClearBit(WordType *parts, unsigned bit) { | ||||
2317 | parts[whichWord(bit)] &= ~maskBit(bit); | ||||
2318 | } | ||||
2319 | |||||
2320 | /* Returns the bit number of the least significant set bit of a | ||||
2321 | number. If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned. */ | ||||
2322 | unsigned APInt::tcLSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n) { | ||||
2323 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { | ||||
2324 | if (parts[i] != 0) { | ||||
2325 | unsigned lsb = partLSB(parts[i]); | ||||
2326 | |||||
2327 | return lsb + i * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2328 | } | ||||
2329 | } | ||||
2330 | |||||
2331 | return -1U; | ||||
2332 | } | ||||
2333 | |||||
2334 | /* Returns the bit number of the most significant set bit of a number. | ||||
2335 | If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned. */ | ||||
2336 | unsigned APInt::tcMSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n) { | ||||
2337 | do { | ||||
2338 | --n; | ||||
2339 | |||||
2340 | if (parts[n] != 0) { | ||||
2341 | unsigned msb = partMSB(parts[n]); | ||||
2342 | |||||
2343 | return msb + n * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2344 | } | ||||
2345 | } while (n); | ||||
2346 | |||||
2347 | return -1U; | ||||
2348 | } | ||||
2349 | |||||
2350 | /* Copy the bit vector of width srcBITS from SRC, starting at bit | ||||
2351 | srcLSB, to DST, of dstCOUNT parts, such that the bit srcLSB becomes | ||||
2352 | the least significant bit of DST. All high bits above srcBITS in | ||||
2353 | DST are zero-filled. */ | ||||
2354 | void | ||||
2355 | APInt::tcExtract(WordType *dst, unsigned dstCount, const WordType *src, | ||||
2356 | unsigned srcBits, unsigned srcLSB) { | ||||
2357 | unsigned dstParts = (srcBits + APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2358 | assert(dstParts <= dstCount)((dstParts <= dstCount) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("dstParts <= dstCount", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2358, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2359 | |||||
2360 | unsigned firstSrcPart = srcLSB / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2361 | tcAssign (dst, src + firstSrcPart, dstParts); | ||||
2362 | |||||
2363 | unsigned shift = srcLSB % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2364 | tcShiftRight (dst, dstParts, shift); | ||||
2365 | |||||
2366 | /* We now have (dstParts * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - shift) bits from SRC | ||||
2367 | in DST. If this is less that srcBits, append the rest, else | ||||
2368 | clear the high bits. */ | ||||
2369 | unsigned n = dstParts * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - shift; | ||||
2370 | if (n < srcBits) { | ||||
2371 | WordType mask = lowBitMask (srcBits - n); | ||||
2372 | dst[dstParts - 1] |= ((src[firstSrcPart + dstParts] & mask) | ||||
2373 | << n % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||
2374 | } else if (n > srcBits) { | ||||
2375 | if (srcBits % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||
2376 | dst[dstParts - 1] &= lowBitMask (srcBits % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||
2377 | } | ||||
2378 | |||||
2379 | /* Clear high parts. */ | ||||
2380 | while (dstParts < dstCount) | ||||
2381 | dst[dstParts++] = 0; | ||||
2382 | } | ||||
2383 | |||||
2384 | /* DST += RHS + C where C is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. */ | ||||
2385 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcAdd(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, | ||||
2386 | WordType c, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2387 | assert(c <= 1)((c <= 1) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("c <= 1" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2387, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2388 | |||||
2389 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) { | ||||
2390 | WordType l = dst[i]; | ||||
2391 | if (c) { | ||||
2392 | dst[i] += rhs[i] + 1; | ||||
2393 | c = (dst[i] <= l); | ||||
2394 | } else { | ||||
2395 | dst[i] += rhs[i]; | ||||
2396 | c = (dst[i] < l); | ||||
2397 | } | ||||
2398 | } | ||||
2399 | |||||
2400 | return c; | ||||
2401 | } | ||||
2402 | |||||
2403 | /// This function adds a single "word" integer, src, to the multiple | ||||
2404 | /// "word" integer array, dst[]. dst[] is modified to reflect the addition and | ||||
2405 | /// 1 is returned if there is a carry out, otherwise 0 is returned. | ||||
2406 | /// @returns the carry of the addition. | ||||
2407 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcAddPart(WordType *dst, WordType src, | ||||
2408 | unsigned parts) { | ||||
2409 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; ++i) { | ||||
2410 | dst[i] += src; | ||||
2411 | if (dst[i] >= src) | ||||
2412 | return 0; // No need to carry so exit early. | ||||
2413 | src = 1; // Carry one to next digit. | ||||
2414 | } | ||||
2415 | |||||
2416 | return 1; | ||||
2417 | } | ||||
2418 | |||||
2419 | /* DST -= RHS + C where C is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. */ | ||||
2420 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcSubtract(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, | ||||
2421 | WordType c, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2422 | assert(c <= 1)((c <= 1) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("c <= 1" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2422, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2423 | |||||
2424 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) { | ||||
2425 | WordType l = dst[i]; | ||||
2426 | if (c) { | ||||
2427 | dst[i] -= rhs[i] + 1; | ||||
2428 | c = (dst[i] >= l); | ||||
2429 | } else { | ||||
2430 | dst[i] -= rhs[i]; | ||||
2431 | c = (dst[i] > l); | ||||
2432 | } | ||||
2433 | } | ||||
2434 | |||||
2435 | return c; | ||||
2436 | } | ||||
2437 | |||||
2438 | /// This function subtracts a single "word" (64-bit word), src, from | ||||
2439 | /// the multi-word integer array, dst[], propagating the borrowed 1 value until | ||||
2440 | /// no further borrowing is needed or it runs out of "words" in dst. The result | ||||
2441 | /// is 1 if "borrowing" exhausted the digits in dst, or 0 if dst was not | ||||
2442 | /// exhausted. In other words, if src > dst then this function returns 1, | ||||
2443 | /// otherwise 0. | ||||
2444 | /// @returns the borrow out of the subtraction | ||||
2445 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcSubtractPart(WordType *dst, WordType src, | ||||
2446 | unsigned parts) { | ||||
2447 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; ++i) { | ||||
2448 | WordType Dst = dst[i]; | ||||
2449 | dst[i] -= src; | ||||
2450 | if (src <= Dst) | ||||
2451 | return 0; // No need to borrow so exit early. | ||||
2452 | src = 1; // We have to "borrow 1" from next "word" | ||||
2453 | } | ||||
2454 | |||||
2455 | return 1; | ||||
2456 | } | ||||
2457 | |||||
2458 | /* Negate a bignum in-place. */ | ||||
2459 | void APInt::tcNegate(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2460 | tcComplement(dst, parts); | ||||
2461 | tcIncrement(dst, parts); | ||||
2462 | } | ||||
2463 | |||||
2464 | /* DST += SRC * MULTIPLIER + CARRY if add is true | ||||
2465 | DST = SRC * MULTIPLIER + CARRY if add is false | ||||
2466 | |||||
2467 | Requires 0 <= DSTPARTS <= SRCPARTS + 1. If DST overlaps SRC | ||||
2468 | they must start at the same point, i.e. DST == SRC. | ||||
2469 | |||||
2470 | If DSTPARTS == SRCPARTS + 1 no overflow occurs and zero is | ||||
2471 | returned. Otherwise DST is filled with the least significant | ||||
2472 | DSTPARTS parts of the result, and if all of the omitted higher | ||||
2473 | parts were zero return zero, otherwise overflow occurred and | ||||
2474 | return one. */ | ||||
2475 | int APInt::tcMultiplyPart(WordType *dst, const WordType *src, | ||||
2476 | WordType multiplier, WordType carry, | ||||
2477 | unsigned srcParts, unsigned dstParts, | ||||
2478 | bool add) { | ||||
2479 | /* Otherwise our writes of DST kill our later reads of SRC. */ | ||||
2480 | assert(dst <= src || dst >= src + srcParts)((dst <= src || dst >= src + srcParts) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("dst <= src || dst >= src + srcParts" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2480, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2481 | assert(dstParts <= srcParts + 1)((dstParts <= srcParts + 1) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("dstParts <= srcParts + 1", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2481, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2482 | |||||
2483 | /* N loops; minimum of dstParts and srcParts. */ | ||||
2484 | unsigned n = std::min(dstParts, srcParts); | ||||
2485 | |||||
2486 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { | ||||
2487 | WordType low, mid, high, srcPart; | ||||
2488 | |||||
2489 | /* [ LOW, HIGH ] = MULTIPLIER * SRC[i] + DST[i] + CARRY. | ||||
2490 | |||||
2491 | This cannot overflow, because | ||||
2492 | |||||
2493 | (n - 1) * (n - 1) + 2 (n - 1) = (n - 1) * (n + 1) | ||||
2494 | |||||
2495 | which is less than n^2. */ | ||||
2496 | |||||
2497 | srcPart = src[i]; | ||||
2498 | |||||
2499 | if (multiplier == 0 || srcPart == 0) { | ||||
2500 | low = carry; | ||||
2501 | high = 0; | ||||
2502 | } else { | ||||
2503 | low = lowHalf(srcPart) * lowHalf(multiplier); | ||||
2504 | high = highHalf(srcPart) * highHalf(multiplier); | ||||
2505 | |||||
2506 | mid = lowHalf(srcPart) * highHalf(multiplier); | ||||
2507 | high += highHalf(mid); | ||||
2508 | mid <<= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2; | ||||
2509 | if (low + mid < low) | ||||
2510 | high++; | ||||
2511 | low += mid; | ||||
2512 | |||||
2513 | mid = highHalf(srcPart) * lowHalf(multiplier); | ||||
2514 | high += highHalf(mid); | ||||
2515 | mid <<= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2; | ||||
2516 | if (low + mid < low) | ||||
2517 | high++; | ||||
2518 | low += mid; | ||||
2519 | |||||
2520 | /* Now add carry. */ | ||||
2521 | if (low + carry < low) | ||||
2522 | high++; | ||||
2523 | low += carry; | ||||
2524 | } | ||||
2525 | |||||
2526 | if (add) { | ||||
2527 | /* And now DST[i], and store the new low part there. */ | ||||
2528 | if (low + dst[i] < low) | ||||
2529 | high++; | ||||
2530 | dst[i] += low; | ||||
2531 | } else | ||||
2532 | dst[i] = low; | ||||
2533 | |||||
2534 | carry = high; | ||||
2535 | } | ||||
2536 | |||||
2537 | if (srcParts < dstParts) { | ||||
2538 | /* Full multiplication, there is no overflow. */ | ||||
2539 | assert(srcParts + 1 == dstParts)((srcParts + 1 == dstParts) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("srcParts + 1 == dstParts", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2539, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2540 | dst[srcParts] = carry; | ||||
2541 | return 0; | ||||
2542 | } | ||||
2543 | |||||
2544 | /* We overflowed if there is carry. */ | ||||
2545 | if (carry) | ||||
2546 | return 1; | ||||
2547 | |||||
2548 | /* We would overflow if any significant unwritten parts would be | ||||
2549 | non-zero. This is true if any remaining src parts are non-zero | ||||
2550 | and the multiplier is non-zero. */ | ||||
2551 | if (multiplier) | ||||
2552 | for (unsigned i = dstParts; i < srcParts; i++) | ||||
2553 | if (src[i]) | ||||
2554 | return 1; | ||||
2555 | |||||
2556 | /* We fitted in the narrow destination. */ | ||||
2557 | return 0; | ||||
2558 | } | ||||
2559 | |||||
2560 | /* DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has the same width as the operands and | ||||
2561 | is filled with the least significant parts of the result. Returns | ||||
2562 | one if overflow occurred, otherwise zero. DST must be disjoint | ||||
2563 | from both operands. */ | ||||
2564 | int APInt::tcMultiply(WordType *dst, const WordType *lhs, | ||||
2565 | const WordType *rhs, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2566 | assert(dst != lhs && dst != rhs)((dst != lhs && dst != rhs) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("dst != lhs && dst != rhs", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2566, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2567 | |||||
2568 | int overflow = 0; | ||||
2569 | tcSet(dst, 0, parts); | ||||
2570 | |||||
2571 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2572 | overflow |= tcMultiplyPart(&dst[i], lhs, rhs[i], 0, parts, | ||||
2573 | parts - i, true); | ||||
2574 | |||||
2575 | return overflow; | ||||
2576 | } | ||||
2577 | |||||
2578 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has width the sum of the widths of the | ||||
2579 | /// operands. No overflow occurs. DST must be disjoint from both operands. | ||||
2580 | void APInt::tcFullMultiply(WordType *dst, const WordType *lhs, | ||||
2581 | const WordType *rhs, unsigned lhsParts, | ||||
2582 | unsigned rhsParts) { | ||||
2583 | /* Put the narrower number on the LHS for less loops below. */ | ||||
2584 | if (lhsParts > rhsParts) | ||||
2585 | return tcFullMultiply (dst, rhs, lhs, rhsParts, lhsParts); | ||||
2586 | |||||
2587 | assert(dst != lhs && dst != rhs)((dst != lhs && dst != rhs) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("dst != lhs && dst != rhs", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2587, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2588 | |||||
2589 | tcSet(dst, 0, rhsParts); | ||||
2590 | |||||
2591 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lhsParts; i++) | ||||
2592 | tcMultiplyPart(&dst[i], rhs, lhs[i], 0, rhsParts, rhsParts + 1, true); | ||||
2593 | } | ||||
2594 | |||||
2595 | /* If RHS is zero LHS and REMAINDER are left unchanged, return one. | ||||
2596 | Otherwise set LHS to LHS / RHS with the fractional part discarded, | ||||
2597 | set REMAINDER to the remainder, return zero. i.e. | ||||
2598 | |||||
2599 | OLD_LHS = RHS * LHS + REMAINDER | ||||
2600 | |||||
2601 | SCRATCH is a bignum of the same size as the operands and result for | ||||
2602 | use by the routine; its contents need not be initialized and are | ||||
2603 | destroyed. LHS, REMAINDER and SCRATCH must be distinct. | ||||
2604 | */ | ||||
2605 | int APInt::tcDivide(WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, | ||||
2606 | WordType *remainder, WordType *srhs, | ||||
2607 | unsigned parts) { | ||||
2608 | assert(lhs != remainder && lhs != srhs && remainder != srhs)((lhs != remainder && lhs != srhs && remainder != srhs) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("lhs != remainder && lhs != srhs && remainder != srhs" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2608, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2609 | |||||
2610 | unsigned shiftCount = tcMSB(rhs, parts) + 1; | ||||
2611 | if (shiftCount == 0) | ||||
2612 | return true; | ||||
2613 | |||||
2614 | shiftCount = parts * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - shiftCount; | ||||
2615 | unsigned n = shiftCount / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2616 | WordType mask = (WordType) 1 << (shiftCount % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||
2617 | |||||
2618 | tcAssign(srhs, rhs, parts); | ||||
2619 | tcShiftLeft(srhs, parts, shiftCount); | ||||
2620 | tcAssign(remainder, lhs, parts); | ||||
2621 | tcSet(lhs, 0, parts); | ||||
2622 | |||||
2623 | /* Loop, subtracting SRHS if REMAINDER is greater and adding that to | ||||
2624 | the total. */ | ||||
2625 | for (;;) { | ||||
2626 | int compare = tcCompare(remainder, srhs, parts); | ||||
2627 | if (compare >= 0) { | ||||
2628 | tcSubtract(remainder, srhs, 0, parts); | ||||
2629 | lhs[n] |= mask; | ||||
2630 | } | ||||
2631 | |||||
2632 | if (shiftCount == 0) | ||||
2633 | break; | ||||
2634 | shiftCount--; | ||||
2635 | tcShiftRight(srhs, parts, 1); | ||||
2636 | if ((mask >>= 1) == 0) { | ||||
2637 | mask = (WordType) 1 << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1); | ||||
2638 | n--; | ||||
2639 | } | ||||
2640 | } | ||||
2641 | |||||
2642 | return false; | ||||
2643 | } | ||||
2644 | |||||
2645 | /// Shift a bignum left Cound bits in-place. Shifted in bits are zero. There are | ||||
2646 | /// no restrictions on Count. | ||||
2647 | void APInt::tcShiftLeft(WordType *Dst, unsigned Words, unsigned Count) { | ||||
2648 | // Don't bother performing a no-op shift. | ||||
2649 | if (!Count) | ||||
2650 | return; | ||||
2651 | |||||
2652 | // WordShift is the inter-part shift; BitShift is the intra-part shift. | ||||
2653 | unsigned WordShift = std::min(Count / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD, Words); | ||||
2654 | unsigned BitShift = Count % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2655 | |||||
2656 | // Fastpath for moving by whole words. | ||||
2657 | if (BitShift == 0) { | ||||
2658 | std::memmove(Dst + WordShift, Dst, (Words - WordShift) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
2659 | } else { | ||||
2660 | while (Words-- > WordShift) { | ||||
2661 | Dst[Words] = Dst[Words - WordShift] << BitShift; | ||||
2662 | if (Words > WordShift) | ||||
2663 | Dst[Words] |= | ||||
2664 | Dst[Words - WordShift - 1] >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift); | ||||
2665 | } | ||||
2666 | } | ||||
2667 | |||||
2668 | // Fill in the remainder with 0s. | ||||
2669 | std::memset(Dst, 0, WordShift * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
2670 | } | ||||
2671 | |||||
2672 | /// Shift a bignum right Count bits in-place. Shifted in bits are zero. There | ||||
2673 | /// are no restrictions on Count. | ||||
2674 | void APInt::tcShiftRight(WordType *Dst, unsigned Words, unsigned Count) { | ||||
2675 | // Don't bother performing a no-op shift. | ||||
2676 | if (!Count) | ||||
2677 | return; | ||||
2678 | |||||
2679 | // WordShift is the inter-part shift; BitShift is the intra-part shift. | ||||
2680 | unsigned WordShift = std::min(Count / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD, Words); | ||||
2681 | unsigned BitShift = Count % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2682 | |||||
2683 | unsigned WordsToMove = Words - WordShift; | ||||
2684 | // Fastpath for moving by whole words. | ||||
2685 | if (BitShift == 0) { | ||||
2686 | std::memmove(Dst, Dst + WordShift, WordsToMove * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
2687 | } else { | ||||
2688 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != WordsToMove; ++i) { | ||||
2689 | Dst[i] = Dst[i + WordShift] >> BitShift; | ||||
2690 | if (i + 1 != WordsToMove) | ||||
2691 | Dst[i] |= Dst[i + WordShift + 1] << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift); | ||||
2692 | } | ||||
2693 | } | ||||
2694 | |||||
2695 | // Fill in the remainder with 0s. | ||||
2696 | std::memset(Dst + WordsToMove, 0, WordShift * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
2697 | } | ||||
2698 | |||||
2699 | /* Bitwise and of two bignums. */ | ||||
2700 | void APInt::tcAnd(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2701 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2702 | dst[i] &= rhs[i]; | ||||
2703 | } | ||||
2704 | |||||
2705 | /* Bitwise inclusive or of two bignums. */ | ||||
2706 | void APInt::tcOr(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2707 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2708 | dst[i] |= rhs[i]; | ||||
2709 | } | ||||
2710 | |||||
2711 | /* Bitwise exclusive or of two bignums. */ | ||||
2712 | void APInt::tcXor(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2713 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2714 | dst[i] ^= rhs[i]; | ||||
2715 | } | ||||
2716 | |||||
2717 | /* Complement a bignum in-place. */ | ||||
2718 | void APInt::tcComplement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { | ||||
2719 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||
2720 | dst[i] = ~dst[i]; | ||||
2721 | } | ||||
2722 | |||||
2723 | /* Comparison (unsigned) of two bignums. */ | ||||
2724 | int APInt::tcCompare(const WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, | ||||
2725 | unsigned parts) { | ||||
2726 | while (parts) { | ||||
2727 | parts--; | ||||
2728 | if (lhs[parts] != rhs[parts]) | ||||
2729 | return (lhs[parts] > rhs[parts]) ? 1 : -1; | ||||
2730 | } | ||||
2731 | |||||
2732 | return 0; | ||||
2733 | } | ||||
2734 | |||||
2735 | /* Set the least significant BITS bits of a bignum, clear the | ||||
2736 | rest. */ | ||||
2737 | void APInt::tcSetLeastSignificantBits(WordType *dst, unsigned parts, | ||||
2738 | unsigned bits) { | ||||
2739 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||
2740 | while (bits > APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) { | ||||
2741 | dst[i++] = ~(WordType) 0; | ||||
2742 | bits -= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
2743 | } | ||||
2744 | |||||
2745 | if (bits) | ||||
2746 | dst[i++] = ~(WordType) 0 >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - bits); | ||||
2747 | |||||
2748 | while (i < parts) | ||||
2749 | dst[i++] = 0; | ||||
2750 | } | ||||
2751 | |||||
2752 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::RoundingUDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, | ||||
2753 | APInt::Rounding RM) { | ||||
2754 | // Currently udivrem always rounds down. | ||||
2755 | switch (RM) { | ||||
2756 | case APInt::Rounding::DOWN: | ||||
2757 | case APInt::Rounding::TOWARD_ZERO: | ||||
2758 | return A.udiv(B); | ||||
2759 | case APInt::Rounding::UP: { | ||||
2760 | APInt Quo, Rem; | ||||
2761 | APInt::udivrem(A, B, Quo, Rem); | ||||
2762 | if (Rem == 0) | ||||
2763 | return Quo; | ||||
2764 | return Quo + 1; | ||||
2765 | } | ||||
2766 | } | ||||
2767 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2767); | ||||
2768 | } | ||||
2769 | |||||
2770 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::RoundingSDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, | ||||
2771 | APInt::Rounding RM) { | ||||
2772 | switch (RM) { | ||||
2773 | case APInt::Rounding::DOWN: | ||||
2774 | case APInt::Rounding::UP: { | ||||
2775 | APInt Quo, Rem; | ||||
2776 | APInt::sdivrem(A, B, Quo, Rem); | ||||
2777 | if (Rem == 0) | ||||
2778 | return Quo; | ||||
2779 | // This algorithm deals with arbitrary rounding mode used by sdivrem. | ||||
2780 | // We want to check whether the non-integer part of the mathematical value | ||||
2781 | // is negative or not. If the non-integer part is negative, we need to round | ||||
2782 | // down from Quo; otherwise, if it's positive or 0, we return Quo, as it's | ||||
2783 | // already rounded down. | ||||
2784 | if (RM == APInt::Rounding::DOWN) { | ||||
2785 | if (Rem.isNegative() != B.isNegative()) | ||||
2786 | return Quo - 1; | ||||
2787 | return Quo; | ||||
2788 | } | ||||
2789 | if (Rem.isNegative() != B.isNegative()) | ||||
2790 | return Quo; | ||||
2791 | return Quo + 1; | ||||
2792 | } | ||||
2793 | // Currently sdiv rounds twards zero. | ||||
2794 | case APInt::Rounding::TOWARD_ZERO: | ||||
2795 | return A.sdiv(B); | ||||
2796 | } | ||||
2797 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2797); | ||||
2798 | } | ||||
2799 | |||||
2800 | Optional<APInt> | ||||
2801 | llvm::APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(APInt A, APInt B, APInt C, | ||||
2802 | unsigned RangeWidth) { | ||||
2803 | unsigned CoeffWidth = A.getBitWidth(); | ||||
2804 | assert(CoeffWidth == B.getBitWidth() && CoeffWidth == C.getBitWidth())((CoeffWidth == B.getBitWidth() && CoeffWidth == C.getBitWidth ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CoeffWidth == B.getBitWidth() && CoeffWidth == C.getBitWidth()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2804, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| |||||
2805 | assert(RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth &&((RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && "Value range width should be less than coefficient width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && \"Value range width should be less than coefficient width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2806, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2806 | "Value range width should be less than coefficient width")((RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && "Value range width should be less than coefficient width" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && \"Value range width should be less than coefficient width\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2806, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2807 | assert(RangeWidth > 1 && "Value range bit width should be > 1")((RangeWidth > 1 && "Value range bit width should be > 1" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RangeWidth > 1 && \"Value range bit width should be > 1\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2807, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2808 | |||||
2809 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving " << A << "x^2 + " << Bdo { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false) | ||||
2810 | << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||
2811 | |||||
2812 | // Identify 0 as a (non)solution immediately. | ||||
2813 | if (C.sextOrTrunc(RangeWidth).isNullValue() ) { | ||||
2814 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": zero solution\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": zero solution\n" ; } } while (false); | ||||
2815 | return APInt(CoeffWidth, 0); | ||||
2816 | } | ||||
2817 | |||||
2818 | // The result of APInt arithmetic has the same bit width as the operands, | ||||
2819 | // so it can actually lose high bits. A product of two n-bit integers needs | ||||
2820 | // 2n-1 bits to represent the full value. | ||||
2821 | // The operation done below (on quadratic coefficients) that can produce | ||||
2822 | // the largest value is the evaluation of the equation during bisection, | ||||
2823 | // which needs 3 times the bitwidth of the coefficient, so the total number | ||||
2824 | // of required bits is 3n. | ||||
2825 | // | ||||
2826 | // The purpose of this extension is to simulate the set Z of all integers, | ||||
2827 | // where n+1 > n for all n in Z. In Z it makes sense to talk about positive | ||||
2828 | // and negative numbers (not so much in a modulo arithmetic). The method | ||||
2829 | // used to solve the equation is based on the standard formula for real | ||||
2830 | // numbers, and uses the concepts of "positive" and "negative" with their | ||||
2831 | // usual meanings. | ||||
2832 | CoeffWidth *= 3; | ||||
2833 | A = A.sext(CoeffWidth); | ||||
2834 | B = B.sext(CoeffWidth); | ||||
2835 | C = C.sext(CoeffWidth); | ||||
2836 | |||||
2837 | // Make A > 0 for simplicity. Negate cannot overflow at this point because | ||||
2838 | // the bit width has increased. | ||||
2839 | if (A.isNegative()) { | ||||
2840 | A.negate(); | ||||
2841 | B.negate(); | ||||
2842 | C.negate(); | ||||
2843 | } | ||||
2844 | |||||
2845 | // Solving an equation q(x) = 0 with coefficients in modular arithmetic | ||||
2846 | // is really solving a set of equations q(x) = kR for k = 0, 1, 2, ..., | ||||
2847 | // and R = 2^BitWidth. | ||||
2848 | // Since we're trying not only to find exact solutions, but also values | ||||
2849 | // that "wrap around", such a set will always have a solution, i.e. an x | ||||
2850 | // that satisfies at least one of the equations, or such that |q(x)| | ||||
2851 | // exceeds kR, while |q(x-1)| for the same k does not. | ||||
2852 | // | ||||
2853 | // We need to find a value k, such that Ax^2 + Bx + C = kR will have a | ||||
2854 | // positive solution n (in the above sense), and also such that the n | ||||
2855 | // will be the least among all solutions corresponding to k = 0, 1, ... | ||||
2856 | // (more precisely, the least element in the set | ||||
2857 | // { n(k) | k is such that a solution n(k) exists }). | ||||
2858 | // | ||||
2859 | // Consider the parabola (over real numbers) that corresponds to the | ||||
2860 | // quadratic equation. Since A > 0, the arms of the parabola will point | ||||
2861 | // up. Picking different values of k will shift it up and down by R. | ||||
2862 | // | ||||
2863 | // We want to shift the parabola in such a way as to reduce the problem | ||||
2864 | // of solving q(x) = kR to solving shifted_q(x) = 0. | ||||
2865 | // (The interesting solutions are the ceilings of the real number | ||||
2866 | // solutions.) | ||||
2867 | APInt R = APInt::getOneBitSet(CoeffWidth, RangeWidth); | ||||
2868 | APInt TwoA = 2 * A; | ||||
2869 | APInt SqrB = B * B; | ||||
2870 | bool PickLow; | ||||
2871 | |||||
2872 | auto RoundUp = [] (const APInt &V, const APInt &A) -> APInt { | ||||
2873 | assert(A.isStrictlyPositive())((A.isStrictlyPositive()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("A.isStrictlyPositive()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2873, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2874 | APInt T = V.abs().urem(A); | ||||
2875 | if (T.isNullValue()) | ||||
2876 | return V; | ||||
2877 | return V.isNegative() ? V+T : V+(A-T); | ||||
2878 | }; | ||||
2879 | |||||
2880 | // The vertex of the parabola is at -B/2A, but since A > 0, it's negative | ||||
2881 | // iff B is positive. | ||||
2882 | if (B.isNonNegative()) { | ||||
2883 | // If B >= 0, the vertex it at a negative location (or at 0), so in | ||||
2884 | // order to have a non-negative solution we need to pick k that makes | ||||
2885 | // C-kR negative. To satisfy all the requirements for the solution | ||||
2886 | // that we are looking for, it needs to be closest to 0 of all k. | ||||
2887 | C = C.srem(R); | ||||
2888 | if (C.isStrictlyPositive()) | ||||
2889 | C -= R; | ||||
2890 | // Pick the greater solution. | ||||
2891 | PickLow = false; | ||||
2892 | } else { | ||||
2893 | // If B < 0, the vertex is at a positive location. For any solution | ||||
2894 | // to exist, the discriminant must be non-negative. This means that | ||||
2895 | // C-kR <= B^2/4A is a necessary condition for k, i.e. there is a | ||||
2896 | // lower bound on values of k: kR >= C - B^2/4A. | ||||
2897 | APInt LowkR = C - SqrB.udiv(2*TwoA); // udiv because all values > 0. | ||||
2898 | // Round LowkR up (towards +inf) to the nearest kR. | ||||
2899 | LowkR = RoundUp(LowkR, R); | ||||
2900 | |||||
2901 | // If there exists k meeting the condition above, and such that | ||||
2902 | // C-kR > 0, there will be two positive real number solutions of | ||||
2903 | // q(x) = kR. Out of all such values of k, pick the one that makes | ||||
2904 | // C-kR closest to 0, (i.e. pick maximum k such that C-kR > 0). | ||||
2905 | // In other words, find maximum k such that LowkR <= kR < C. | ||||
2906 | if (C.sgt(LowkR)) { | ||||
2907 | // If LowkR < C, then such a k is guaranteed to exist because | ||||
2908 | // LowkR itself is a multiple of R. | ||||
2909 | C -= -RoundUp(-C, R); // C = C - RoundDown(C, R) | ||||
2910 | // Pick the smaller solution. | ||||
2911 | PickLow = true; | ||||
2912 | } else { | ||||
2913 | // If C-kR < 0 for all potential k's, it means that one solution | ||||
2914 | // will be negative, while the other will be positive. The positive | ||||
2915 | // solution will shift towards 0 if the parabola is moved up. | ||||
2916 | // Pick the kR closest to the lower bound (i.e. make C-kR closest | ||||
2917 | // to 0, or in other words, out of all parabolas that have solutions, | ||||
2918 | // pick the one that is the farthest "up"). | ||||
2919 | // Since LowkR is itself a multiple of R, simply take C-LowkR. | ||||
2920 | C -= LowkR; | ||||
2921 | // Pick the greater solution. | ||||
2922 | PickLow = false; | ||||
2923 | } | ||||
2924 | } | ||||
2925 | |||||
2926 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": updated coefficients " << A << "x^2 + "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": updated coefficients " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false) | ||||
2927 | << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": updated coefficients " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||
2928 | |||||
2929 | APInt D = SqrB - 4*A*C; | ||||
2930 | assert(D.isNonNegative() && "Negative discriminant")((D.isNonNegative() && "Negative discriminant") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D.isNonNegative() && \"Negative discriminant\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2931 | APInt SQ = D.sqrt(); | ||||
2932 | |||||
2933 | APInt Q = SQ * SQ; | ||||
2934 | bool InexactSQ = Q != D; | ||||
2935 | // The calculated SQ may actually be greater than the exact (non-integer) | ||||
2936 | // value. If that's the case, decremement SQ to get a value that is lower. | ||||
2937 | if (Q.sgt(D)) | ||||
2938 | SQ -= 1; | ||||
2939 | |||||
2940 | APInt X; | ||||
2941 | APInt Rem; | ||||
2942 | |||||
2943 | // SQ is rounded down (i.e SQ * SQ <= D), so the roots may be inexact. | ||||
2944 | // When using the quadratic formula directly, the calculated low root | ||||
2945 | // may be greater than the exact one, since we would be subtracting SQ. | ||||
2946 | // To make sure that the calculated root is not greater than the exact | ||||
2947 | // one, subtract SQ+1 when calculating the low root (for inexact value | ||||
2948 | // of SQ). | ||||
2949 | if (PickLow) | ||||
2950 | APInt::sdivrem(-B - (SQ+InexactSQ), TwoA, X, Rem); | ||||
2951 | else | ||||
2952 | APInt::sdivrem(-B + SQ, TwoA, X, Rem); | ||||
2953 | |||||
2954 | // The updated coefficients should be such that the (exact) solution is | ||||
2955 | // positive. Since APInt division rounds towards 0, the calculated one | ||||
2956 | // can be 0, but cannot be negative. | ||||
2957 | assert(X.isNonNegative() && "Solution should be non-negative")((X.isNonNegative() && "Solution should be non-negative" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("X.isNonNegative() && \"Solution should be non-negative\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2958 | |||||
2959 | if (!InexactSQ && Rem.isNullValue()) { | ||||
2960 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (root): " << X << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (root): " << X << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||
2961 | return X; | ||||
2962 | } | ||||
2963 | |||||
2964 | assert((SQ*SQ).sle(D) && "SQ = |_sqrt(D)_|, so SQ*SQ <= D")(((SQ*SQ).sle(D) && "SQ = |_sqrt(D)_|, so SQ*SQ <= D" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(SQ*SQ).sle(D) && \"SQ = |_sqrt(D)_|, so SQ*SQ <= D\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2964, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2965 | // The exact value of the square root of D should be between SQ and SQ+1. | ||||
2966 | // This implies that the solution should be between that corresponding to | ||||
2967 | // SQ (i.e. X) and that corresponding to SQ+1. | ||||
2968 | // | ||||
2969 | // The calculated X cannot be greater than the exact (real) solution. | ||||
2970 | // Actually it must be strictly less than the exact solution, while | ||||
2971 | // X+1 will be greater than or equal to it. | ||||
2972 | |||||
2973 | APInt VX = (A*X + B)*X + C; | ||||
2974 | APInt VY = VX + TwoA*X + A + B; | ||||
2975 | bool SignChange = VX.isNegative() != VY.isNegative() || | ||||
2976 | VX.isNullValue() != VY.isNullValue(); | ||||
2977 | // If the sign did not change between X and X+1, X is not a valid solution. | ||||
2978 | // This could happen when the actual (exact) roots don't have an integer | ||||
2979 | // between them, so they would both be contained between X and X+1. | ||||
2980 | if (!SignChange) { | ||||
2981 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": no valid solution\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": no valid solution\n" ; } } while (false); | ||||
2982 | return None; | ||||
2983 | } | ||||
2984 | |||||
2985 | X += 1; | ||||
2986 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (wrap): " << X << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (wrap): " << X << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||
2987 | return X; | ||||
2988 | } | ||||
2989 | |||||
2990 | /// StoreIntToMemory - Fills the StoreBytes bytes of memory starting from Dst | ||||
2991 | /// with the integer held in IntVal. | ||||
2992 | void llvm::StoreIntToMemory(const APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Dst, | ||||
2993 | unsigned StoreBytes) { | ||||
2994 | assert((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= StoreBytes && "Integer too small!")(((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= StoreBytes && "Integer too small!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= StoreBytes && \"Integer too small!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2994, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2995 | const uint8_t *Src = (const uint8_t *)IntVal.getRawData(); | ||||
2996 | |||||
2997 | if (sys::IsLittleEndianHost) { | ||||
2998 | // Little-endian host - the source is ordered from LSB to MSB. Order the | ||||
2999 | // destination from LSB to MSB: Do a straight copy. | ||||
3000 | memcpy(Dst, Src, StoreBytes); | ||||
3001 | } else { | ||||
3002 | // Big-endian host - the source is an array of 64 bit words ordered from | ||||
3003 | // LSW to MSW. Each word is ordered from MSB to LSB. Order the destination | ||||
3004 | // from MSB to LSB: Reverse the word order, but not the bytes in a word. | ||||
3005 | while (StoreBytes > sizeof(uint64_t)) { | ||||
3006 | StoreBytes -= sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||
3007 | // May not be aligned so use memcpy. | ||||
3008 | memcpy(Dst + StoreBytes, Src, sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||
3009 | Src += sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||
3010 | } | ||||
3011 | |||||
3012 | memcpy(Dst, Src + sizeof(uint64_t) - StoreBytes, StoreBytes); | ||||
3013 | } | ||||
3014 | } | ||||
3015 | |||||
3016 | /// LoadIntFromMemory - Loads the integer stored in the LoadBytes bytes starting | ||||
3017 | /// from Src into IntVal, which is assumed to be wide enough and to hold zero. | ||||
3018 | void llvm::LoadIntFromMemory(APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Src, unsigned LoadBytes) { | ||||
3019 | assert((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= LoadBytes && "Integer too small!")(((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= LoadBytes && "Integer too small!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= LoadBytes && \"Integer too small!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 3019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3020 | uint8_t *Dst = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>( | ||||
3021 | const_cast<uint64_t *>(IntVal.getRawData())); | ||||
3022 | |||||
3023 | if (sys::IsLittleEndianHost) | ||||
3024 | // Little-endian host - the destination must be ordered from LSB to MSB. | ||||
3025 | // The source is ordered from LSB to MSB: Do a straight copy. | ||||
3026 | memcpy(Dst, Src, LoadBytes); | ||||
3027 | else { | ||||
3028 | // Big-endian - the destination is an array of 64 bit words ordered from | ||||
3029 | // LSW to MSW. Each word must be ordered from MSB to LSB. The source is | ||||
3030 | // ordered from MSB to LSB: Reverse the word order, but not the bytes in | ||||
3031 | // a word. | ||||
3032 | while (LoadBytes > sizeof(uint64_t)) { | ||||
3033 | LoadBytes -= sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||
3034 | // May not be aligned so use memcpy. | ||||
3035 | memcpy(Dst, Src + LoadBytes, sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||
3036 | Dst += sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||
3037 | } | ||||
3038 | |||||
3039 | memcpy(Dst + sizeof(uint64_t) - LoadBytes, Src, LoadBytes); | ||||
3040 | } | ||||
3041 | } |
1 | //===-- llvm/ADT/APInt.h - For Arbitrary Precision Integer -----*- C++ -*--===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | /// | ||||
9 | /// \file | ||||
10 | /// This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision | ||||
11 | /// integral constant values and operations on them. | ||||
12 | /// | ||||
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
14 | |||||
15 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_APINT_H | ||||
16 | #define LLVM_ADT_APINT_H | ||||
17 | |||||
18 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | ||||
19 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | ||||
20 | #include <cassert> | ||||
21 | #include <climits> | ||||
22 | #include <cstring> | ||||
23 | #include <string> | ||||
24 | |||||
25 | namespace llvm { | ||||
26 | class FoldingSetNodeID; | ||||
27 | class StringRef; | ||||
28 | class hash_code; | ||||
29 | class raw_ostream; | ||||
30 | |||||
31 | template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl; | ||||
32 | template <typename T> class ArrayRef; | ||||
33 | template <typename T> class Optional; | ||||
34 | |||||
35 | class APInt; | ||||
36 | |||||
37 | inline APInt operator-(APInt); | ||||
38 | |||||
39 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
40 | // APInt Class | ||||
41 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
42 | |||||
43 | /// Class for arbitrary precision integers. | ||||
44 | /// | ||||
45 | /// APInt is a functional replacement for common case unsigned integer type like | ||||
46 | /// "unsigned", "unsigned long" or "uint64_t", but also allows non-byte-width | ||||
47 | /// integer sizes and large integer value types such as 3-bits, 15-bits, or more | ||||
48 | /// than 64-bits of precision. APInt provides a variety of arithmetic operators | ||||
49 | /// and methods to manipulate integer values of any bit-width. It supports both | ||||
50 | /// the typical integer arithmetic and comparison operations as well as bitwise | ||||
51 | /// manipulation. | ||||
52 | /// | ||||
53 | /// The class has several invariants worth noting: | ||||
54 | /// * All bit, byte, and word positions are zero-based. | ||||
55 | /// * Once the bit width is set, it doesn't change except by the Truncate, | ||||
56 | /// SignExtend, or ZeroExtend operations. | ||||
57 | /// * All binary operators must be on APInt instances of the same bit width. | ||||
58 | /// Attempting to use these operators on instances with different bit | ||||
59 | /// widths will yield an assertion. | ||||
60 | /// * The value is stored canonically as an unsigned value. For operations | ||||
61 | /// where it makes a difference, there are both signed and unsigned variants | ||||
62 | /// of the operation. For example, sdiv and udiv. However, because the bit | ||||
63 | /// widths must be the same, operations such as Mul and Add produce the same | ||||
64 | /// results regardless of whether the values are interpreted as signed or | ||||
65 | /// not. | ||||
66 | /// * In general, the class tries to follow the style of computation that LLVM | ||||
67 | /// uses in its IR. This simplifies its use for LLVM. | ||||
68 | /// | ||||
69 | class LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] APInt { | ||||
70 | public: | ||||
71 | typedef uint64_t WordType; | ||||
72 | |||||
73 | /// This enum is used to hold the constants we needed for APInt. | ||||
74 | enum : unsigned { | ||||
75 | /// Byte size of a word. | ||||
76 | APINT_WORD_SIZE = sizeof(WordType), | ||||
77 | /// Bits in a word. | ||||
78 | APINT_BITS_PER_WORD = APINT_WORD_SIZE * CHAR_BIT8 | ||||
79 | }; | ||||
80 | |||||
81 | enum class Rounding { | ||||
82 | DOWN, | ||||
83 | TOWARD_ZERO, | ||||
84 | UP, | ||||
85 | }; | ||||
86 | |||||
87 | static const WordType WORDTYPE_MAX = ~WordType(0); | ||||
88 | |||||
89 | private: | ||||
90 | /// This union is used to store the integer value. When the | ||||
91 | /// integer bit-width <= 64, it uses VAL, otherwise it uses pVal. | ||||
92 | union { | ||||
93 | uint64_t VAL; ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value. | ||||
94 | uint64_t *pVal; ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value. | ||||
95 | } U; | ||||
96 | |||||
97 | unsigned BitWidth; ///< The number of bits in this APInt. | ||||
98 | |||||
99 | friend struct DenseMapAPIntKeyInfo; | ||||
100 | |||||
101 | friend class APSInt; | ||||
102 | |||||
103 | /// Fast internal constructor | ||||
104 | /// | ||||
105 | /// This constructor is used only internally for speed of construction of | ||||
106 | /// temporaries. It is unsafe for general use so it is not public. | ||||
107 | APInt(uint64_t *val, unsigned bits) : BitWidth(bits) { | ||||
108 | U.pVal = val; | ||||
109 | } | ||||
110 | |||||
111 | /// Determine if this APInt just has one word to store value. | ||||
112 | /// | ||||
113 | /// \returns true if the number of bits <= 64, false otherwise. | ||||
114 | bool isSingleWord() const { return BitWidth <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; } | ||||
115 | |||||
116 | /// Determine which word a bit is in. | ||||
117 | /// | ||||
118 | /// \returns the word position for the specified bit position. | ||||
119 | static unsigned whichWord(unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||
120 | return bitPosition / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
121 | } | ||||
122 | |||||
123 | /// Determine which bit in a word a bit is in. | ||||
124 | /// | ||||
125 | /// \returns the bit position in a word for the specified bit position | ||||
126 | /// in the APInt. | ||||
127 | static unsigned whichBit(unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||
128 | return bitPosition % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
129 | } | ||||
130 | |||||
131 | /// Get a single bit mask. | ||||
132 | /// | ||||
133 | /// \returns a uint64_t with only bit at "whichBit(bitPosition)" set | ||||
134 | /// This method generates and returns a uint64_t (word) mask for a single | ||||
135 | /// bit at a specific bit position. This is used to mask the bit in the | ||||
136 | /// corresponding word. | ||||
137 | static uint64_t maskBit(unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||
138 | return 1ULL << whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||
139 | } | ||||
140 | |||||
141 | /// Clear unused high order bits | ||||
142 | /// | ||||
143 | /// This method is used internally to clear the top "N" bits in the high order | ||||
144 | /// word that are not used by the APInt. This is needed after the most | ||||
145 | /// significant word is assigned a value to ensure that those bits are | ||||
146 | /// zero'd out. | ||||
147 | APInt &clearUnusedBits() { | ||||
148 | // Compute how many bits are used in the final word | ||||
149 | unsigned WordBits = ((BitWidth-1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1; | ||||
150 | |||||
151 | // Mask out the high bits. | ||||
152 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - WordBits); | ||||
153 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
154 | U.VAL &= mask; | ||||
155 | else | ||||
156 | U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] &= mask; | ||||
157 | return *this; | ||||
158 | } | ||||
159 | |||||
160 | /// Get the word corresponding to a bit position | ||||
161 | /// \returns the corresponding word for the specified bit position. | ||||
162 | uint64_t getWord(unsigned bitPosition) const { | ||||
163 | return isSingleWord() ? U.VAL : U.pVal[whichWord(bitPosition)]; | ||||
164 | } | ||||
165 | |||||
166 | /// Utility method to change the bit width of this APInt to new bit width, | ||||
167 | /// allocating and/or deallocating as necessary. There is no guarantee on the | ||||
168 | /// value of any bits upon return. Caller should populate the bits after. | ||||
169 | void reallocate(unsigned NewBitWidth); | ||||
170 | |||||
171 | /// Convert a char array into an APInt | ||||
172 | /// | ||||
173 | /// \param radix 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36 | ||||
174 | /// Converts a string into a number. The string must be non-empty | ||||
175 | /// and well-formed as a number of the given base. The bit-width | ||||
176 | /// must be sufficient to hold the result. | ||||
177 | /// | ||||
178 | /// This is used by the constructors that take string arguments. | ||||
179 | /// | ||||
180 | /// StringRef::getAsInteger is superficially similar but (1) does | ||||
181 | /// not assume that the string is well-formed and (2) grows the | ||||
182 | /// result to hold the input. | ||||
183 | void fromString(unsigned numBits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix); | ||||
184 | |||||
185 | /// An internal division function for dividing APInts. | ||||
186 | /// | ||||
187 | /// This is used by the toString method to divide by the radix. It simply | ||||
188 | /// provides a more convenient form of divide for internal use since KnuthDiv | ||||
189 | /// has specific constraints on its inputs. If those constraints are not met | ||||
190 | /// then it provides a simpler form of divide. | ||||
191 | static void divide(const WordType *LHS, unsigned lhsWords, | ||||
192 | const WordType *RHS, unsigned rhsWords, WordType *Quotient, | ||||
193 | WordType *Remainder); | ||||
194 | |||||
195 | /// out-of-line slow case for inline constructor | ||||
196 | void initSlowCase(uint64_t val, bool isSigned); | ||||
197 | |||||
198 | /// shared code between two array constructors | ||||
199 | void initFromArray(ArrayRef<uint64_t> array); | ||||
200 | |||||
201 | /// out-of-line slow case for inline copy constructor | ||||
202 | void initSlowCase(const APInt &that); | ||||
203 | |||||
204 | /// out-of-line slow case for shl | ||||
205 | void shlSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt); | ||||
206 | |||||
207 | /// out-of-line slow case for lshr. | ||||
208 | void lshrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt); | ||||
209 | |||||
210 | /// out-of-line slow case for ashr. | ||||
211 | void ashrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt); | ||||
212 | |||||
213 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator= | ||||
214 | void AssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS); | ||||
215 | |||||
216 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator== | ||||
217 | bool EqualSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
218 | |||||
219 | /// out-of-line slow case for countLeadingZeros | ||||
220 | unsigned countLeadingZerosSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
221 | |||||
222 | /// out-of-line slow case for countLeadingOnes. | ||||
223 | unsigned countLeadingOnesSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
224 | |||||
225 | /// out-of-line slow case for countTrailingZeros. | ||||
226 | unsigned countTrailingZerosSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
227 | |||||
228 | /// out-of-line slow case for countTrailingOnes | ||||
229 | unsigned countTrailingOnesSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
230 | |||||
231 | /// out-of-line slow case for countPopulation | ||||
232 | unsigned countPopulationSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
233 | |||||
234 | /// out-of-line slow case for intersects. | ||||
235 | bool intersectsSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
236 | |||||
237 | /// out-of-line slow case for isSubsetOf. | ||||
238 | bool isSubsetOfSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
239 | |||||
240 | /// out-of-line slow case for setBits. | ||||
241 | void setBitsSlowCase(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit); | ||||
242 | |||||
243 | /// out-of-line slow case for flipAllBits. | ||||
244 | void flipAllBitsSlowCase(); | ||||
245 | |||||
246 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator&=. | ||||
247 | void AndAssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS); | ||||
248 | |||||
249 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator|=. | ||||
250 | void OrAssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS); | ||||
251 | |||||
252 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator^=. | ||||
253 | void XorAssignSlowCase(const APInt& RHS); | ||||
254 | |||||
255 | /// Unsigned comparison. Returns -1, 0, or 1 if this APInt is less than, equal | ||||
256 | /// to, or greater than RHS. | ||||
257 | int compare(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
258 | |||||
259 | /// Signed comparison. Returns -1, 0, or 1 if this APInt is less than, equal | ||||
260 | /// to, or greater than RHS. | ||||
261 | int compareSigned(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); | ||||
262 | |||||
263 | public: | ||||
264 | /// \name Constructors | ||||
265 | /// @{ | ||||
266 | |||||
267 | /// Create a new APInt of numBits width, initialized as val. | ||||
268 | /// | ||||
269 | /// If isSigned is true then val is treated as if it were a signed value | ||||
270 | /// (i.e. as an int64_t) and the appropriate sign extension to the bit width | ||||
271 | /// will be done. Otherwise, no sign extension occurs (high order bits beyond | ||||
272 | /// the range of val are zero filled). | ||||
273 | /// | ||||
274 | /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt | ||||
275 | /// \param val the initial value of the APInt | ||||
276 | /// \param isSigned how to treat signedness of val | ||||
277 | APInt(unsigned numBits, uint64_t val, bool isSigned = false) | ||||
278 | : BitWidth(numBits) { | ||||
279 | assert
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"bitwidth too small\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
280 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
281 | U.VAL = val; | ||||
282 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
283 | } else { | ||||
284 | initSlowCase(val, isSigned); | ||||
285 | } | ||||
286 | } | ||||
287 | |||||
288 | /// Construct an APInt of numBits width, initialized as bigVal[]. | ||||
289 | /// | ||||
290 | /// Note that bigVal.size() can be smaller or larger than the corresponding | ||||
291 | /// bit width but any extraneous bits will be dropped. | ||||
292 | /// | ||||
293 | /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt | ||||
294 | /// \param bigVal a sequence of words to form the initial value of the APInt | ||||
295 | APInt(unsigned numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal); | ||||
296 | |||||
297 | /// Equivalent to APInt(numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t>(bigVal, numWords)), but | ||||
298 | /// deprecated because this constructor is prone to ambiguity with the | ||||
299 | /// APInt(unsigned, uint64_t, bool) constructor. | ||||
300 | /// | ||||
301 | /// If this overload is ever deleted, care should be taken to prevent calls | ||||
302 | /// from being incorrectly captured by the APInt(unsigned, uint64_t, bool) | ||||
303 | /// constructor. | ||||
304 | APInt(unsigned numBits, unsigned numWords, const uint64_t bigVal[]); | ||||
305 | |||||
306 | /// Construct an APInt from a string representation. | ||||
307 | /// | ||||
308 | /// This constructor interprets the string \p str in the given radix. The | ||||
309 | /// interpretation stops when the first character that is not suitable for the | ||||
310 | /// radix is encountered, or the end of the string. Acceptable radix values | ||||
311 | /// are 2, 8, 10, 16, and 36. It is an error for the value implied by the | ||||
312 | /// string to require more bits than numBits. | ||||
313 | /// | ||||
314 | /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt | ||||
315 | /// \param str the string to be interpreted | ||||
316 | /// \param radix the radix to use for the conversion | ||||
317 | APInt(unsigned numBits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix); | ||||
318 | |||||
319 | /// Simply makes *this a copy of that. | ||||
320 | /// Copy Constructor. | ||||
321 | APInt(const APInt &that) : BitWidth(that.BitWidth) { | ||||
322 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
323 | U.VAL = that.U.VAL; | ||||
324 | else | ||||
325 | initSlowCase(that); | ||||
326 | } | ||||
327 | |||||
328 | /// Move Constructor. | ||||
329 | APInt(APInt &&that) : BitWidth(that.BitWidth) { | ||||
330 | memcpy(&U, &that.U, sizeof(U)); | ||||
331 | that.BitWidth = 0; | ||||
332 | } | ||||
333 | |||||
334 | /// Destructor. | ||||
335 | ~APInt() { | ||||
336 | if (needsCleanup()) | ||||
337 | delete[] U.pVal; | ||||
338 | } | ||||
339 | |||||
340 | /// Default constructor that creates an uninteresting APInt | ||||
341 | /// representing a 1-bit zero value. | ||||
342 | /// | ||||
343 | /// This is useful for object deserialization (pair this with the static | ||||
344 | /// method Read). | ||||
345 | explicit APInt() : BitWidth(1) { U.VAL = 0; } | ||||
346 | |||||
347 | /// Returns whether this instance allocated memory. | ||||
348 | bool needsCleanup() const { return !isSingleWord(); } | ||||
349 | |||||
350 | /// Used to insert APInt objects, or objects that contain APInt objects, into | ||||
351 | /// FoldingSets. | ||||
352 | void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &id) const; | ||||
353 | |||||
354 | /// @} | ||||
355 | /// \name Value Tests | ||||
356 | /// @{ | ||||
357 | |||||
358 | /// Determine sign of this APInt. | ||||
359 | /// | ||||
360 | /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is set. | ||||
361 | /// | ||||
362 | /// \returns true if this APInt is negative, false otherwise | ||||
363 | bool isNegative() const { return (*this)[BitWidth - 1]; } | ||||
364 | |||||
365 | /// Determine if this APInt Value is non-negative (>= 0) | ||||
366 | /// | ||||
367 | /// This tests the high bit of the APInt to determine if it is unset. | ||||
368 | bool isNonNegative() const { return !isNegative(); } | ||||
369 | |||||
370 | /// Determine if sign bit of this APInt is set. | ||||
371 | /// | ||||
372 | /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is set. | ||||
373 | /// | ||||
374 | /// \returns true if this APInt has its sign bit set, false otherwise. | ||||
375 | bool isSignBitSet() const { return (*this)[BitWidth-1]; } | ||||
376 | |||||
377 | /// Determine if sign bit of this APInt is clear. | ||||
378 | /// | ||||
379 | /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is clear. | ||||
380 | /// | ||||
381 | /// \returns true if this APInt has its sign bit clear, false otherwise. | ||||
382 | bool isSignBitClear() const { return !isSignBitSet(); } | ||||
383 | |||||
384 | /// Determine if this APInt Value is positive. | ||||
385 | /// | ||||
386 | /// This tests if the value of this APInt is positive (> 0). Note | ||||
387 | /// that 0 is not a positive value. | ||||
388 | /// | ||||
389 | /// \returns true if this APInt is positive. | ||||
390 | bool isStrictlyPositive() const { return isNonNegative() && !isNullValue(); } | ||||
391 | |||||
392 | /// Determine if all bits are set | ||||
393 | /// | ||||
394 | /// This checks to see if the value has all bits of the APInt are set or not. | ||||
395 | bool isAllOnesValue() const { | ||||
396 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
397 | return U.VAL == WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth); | ||||
398 | return countTrailingOnesSlowCase() == BitWidth; | ||||
399 | } | ||||
400 | |||||
401 | /// Determine if all bits are clear | ||||
402 | /// | ||||
403 | /// This checks to see if the value has all bits of the APInt are clear or | ||||
404 | /// not. | ||||
405 | bool isNullValue() const { return !*this; } | ||||
406 | |||||
407 | /// Determine if this is a value of 1. | ||||
408 | /// | ||||
409 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is one. | ||||
410 | bool isOneValue() const { | ||||
411 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
412 | return U.VAL == 1; | ||||
413 | return countLeadingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1; | ||||
414 | } | ||||
415 | |||||
416 | /// Determine if this is the largest unsigned value. | ||||
417 | /// | ||||
418 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the maximum unsigned | ||||
419 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. | ||||
420 | bool isMaxValue() const { return isAllOnesValue(); } | ||||
421 | |||||
422 | /// Determine if this is the largest signed value. | ||||
423 | /// | ||||
424 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the maximum signed | ||||
425 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. | ||||
426 | bool isMaxSignedValue() const { | ||||
427 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
428 | return U.VAL == ((WordType(1) << (BitWidth - 1)) - 1); | ||||
429 | return !isNegative() && countTrailingOnesSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1; | ||||
430 | } | ||||
431 | |||||
432 | /// Determine if this is the smallest unsigned value. | ||||
433 | /// | ||||
434 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the minimum unsigned | ||||
435 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. | ||||
436 | bool isMinValue() const { return isNullValue(); } | ||||
437 | |||||
438 | /// Determine if this is the smallest signed value. | ||||
439 | /// | ||||
440 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the minimum signed | ||||
441 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. | ||||
442 | bool isMinSignedValue() const { | ||||
443 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
444 | return U.VAL == (WordType(1) << (BitWidth - 1)); | ||||
445 | return isNegative() && countTrailingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1; | ||||
446 | } | ||||
447 | |||||
448 | /// Check if this APInt has an N-bits unsigned integer value. | ||||
449 | bool isIntN(unsigned N) const { | ||||
450 | assert(N && "N == 0 ???")((N && "N == 0 ???") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("N && \"N == 0 ???\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 450, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
451 | return getActiveBits() <= N; | ||||
452 | } | ||||
453 | |||||
454 | /// Check if this APInt has an N-bits signed integer value. | ||||
455 | bool isSignedIntN(unsigned N) const { | ||||
456 | assert(N && "N == 0 ???")((N && "N == 0 ???") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("N && \"N == 0 ???\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
457 | return getMinSignedBits() <= N; | ||||
458 | } | ||||
459 | |||||
460 | /// Check if this APInt's value is a power of two greater than zero. | ||||
461 | /// | ||||
462 | /// \returns true if the argument APInt value is a power of two > 0. | ||||
463 | bool isPowerOf2() const { | ||||
464 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
465 | return isPowerOf2_64(U.VAL); | ||||
466 | return countPopulationSlowCase() == 1; | ||||
467 | } | ||||
468 | |||||
469 | /// Check if the APInt's value is returned by getSignMask. | ||||
470 | /// | ||||
471 | /// \returns true if this is the value returned by getSignMask. | ||||
472 | bool isSignMask() const { return isMinSignedValue(); } | ||||
473 | |||||
474 | /// Convert APInt to a boolean value. | ||||
475 | /// | ||||
476 | /// This converts the APInt to a boolean value as a test against zero. | ||||
477 | bool getBoolValue() const { return !!*this; } | ||||
478 | |||||
479 | /// If this value is smaller than the specified limit, return it, otherwise | ||||
480 | /// return the limit value. This causes the value to saturate to the limit. | ||||
481 | uint64_t getLimitedValue(uint64_t Limit = UINT64_MAX(18446744073709551615UL)) const { | ||||
482 | return ugt(Limit) ? Limit : getZExtValue(); | ||||
483 | } | ||||
484 | |||||
485 | /// Check if the APInt consists of a repeated bit pattern. | ||||
486 | /// | ||||
487 | /// e.g. 0x01010101 satisfies isSplat(8). | ||||
488 | /// \param SplatSizeInBits The size of the pattern in bits. Must divide bit | ||||
489 | /// width without remainder. | ||||
490 | bool isSplat(unsigned SplatSizeInBits) const; | ||||
491 | |||||
492 | /// \returns true if this APInt value is a sequence of \param numBits ones | ||||
493 | /// starting at the least significant bit with the remainder zero. | ||||
494 | bool isMask(unsigned numBits) const { | ||||
495 | assert(numBits != 0 && "numBits must be non-zero")((numBits != 0 && "numBits must be non-zero") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits != 0 && \"numBits must be non-zero\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 495, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
496 | assert(numBits <= BitWidth && "numBits out of range")((numBits <= BitWidth && "numBits out of range") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits <= BitWidth && \"numBits out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 496, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
497 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
498 | return U.VAL == (WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - numBits)); | ||||
499 | unsigned Ones = countTrailingOnesSlowCase(); | ||||
500 | return (numBits == Ones) && | ||||
501 | ((Ones + countLeadingZerosSlowCase()) == BitWidth); | ||||
502 | } | ||||
503 | |||||
504 | /// \returns true if this APInt is a non-empty sequence of ones starting at | ||||
505 | /// the least significant bit with the remainder zero. | ||||
506 | /// Ex. isMask(0x0000FFFFU) == true. | ||||
507 | bool isMask() const { | ||||
508 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
509 | return isMask_64(U.VAL); | ||||
510 | unsigned Ones = countTrailingOnesSlowCase(); | ||||
511 | return (Ones > 0) && ((Ones + countLeadingZerosSlowCase()) == BitWidth); | ||||
512 | } | ||||
513 | |||||
514 | /// Return true if this APInt value contains a sequence of ones with | ||||
515 | /// the remainder zero. | ||||
516 | bool isShiftedMask() const { | ||||
517 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
518 | return isShiftedMask_64(U.VAL); | ||||
519 | unsigned Ones = countPopulationSlowCase(); | ||||
520 | unsigned LeadZ = countLeadingZerosSlowCase(); | ||||
521 | return (Ones + LeadZ + countTrailingZeros()) == BitWidth; | ||||
522 | } | ||||
523 | |||||
524 | /// @} | ||||
525 | /// \name Value Generators | ||||
526 | /// @{ | ||||
527 | |||||
528 | /// Gets maximum unsigned value of APInt for specific bit width. | ||||
529 | static APInt getMaxValue(unsigned numBits) { | ||||
530 | return getAllOnesValue(numBits); | ||||
531 | } | ||||
532 | |||||
533 | /// Gets maximum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width. | ||||
534 | static APInt getSignedMaxValue(unsigned numBits) { | ||||
535 | APInt API = getAllOnesValue(numBits); | ||||
536 | API.clearBit(numBits - 1); | ||||
537 | return API; | ||||
538 | } | ||||
539 | |||||
540 | /// Gets minimum unsigned value of APInt for a specific bit width. | ||||
541 | static APInt getMinValue(unsigned numBits) { return APInt(numBits, 0); } | ||||
542 | |||||
543 | /// Gets minimum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width. | ||||
544 | static APInt getSignedMinValue(unsigned numBits) { | ||||
545 | APInt API(numBits, 0); | ||||
546 | API.setBit(numBits - 1); | ||||
547 | return API; | ||||
548 | } | ||||
549 | |||||
550 | /// Get the SignMask for a specific bit width. | ||||
551 | /// | ||||
552 | /// This is just a wrapper function of getSignedMinValue(), and it helps code | ||||
553 | /// readability when we want to get a SignMask. | ||||
554 | static APInt getSignMask(unsigned BitWidth) { | ||||
555 | return getSignedMinValue(BitWidth); | ||||
556 | } | ||||
557 | |||||
558 | /// Get the all-ones value. | ||||
559 | /// | ||||
560 | /// \returns the all-ones value for an APInt of the specified bit-width. | ||||
561 | static APInt getAllOnesValue(unsigned numBits) { | ||||
562 | return APInt(numBits, WORDTYPE_MAX, true); | ||||
563 | } | ||||
564 | |||||
565 | /// Get the '0' value. | ||||
566 | /// | ||||
567 | /// \returns the '0' value for an APInt of the specified bit-width. | ||||
568 | static APInt getNullValue(unsigned numBits) { return APInt(numBits, 0); } | ||||
569 | |||||
570 | /// Compute an APInt containing numBits highbits from this APInt. | ||||
571 | /// | ||||
572 | /// Get an APInt with the same BitWidth as this APInt, just zero mask | ||||
573 | /// the low bits and right shift to the least significant bit. | ||||
574 | /// | ||||
575 | /// \returns the high "numBits" bits of this APInt. | ||||
576 | APInt getHiBits(unsigned numBits) const; | ||||
577 | |||||
578 | /// Compute an APInt containing numBits lowbits from this APInt. | ||||
579 | /// | ||||
580 | /// Get an APInt with the same BitWidth as this APInt, just zero mask | ||||
581 | /// the high bits. | ||||
582 | /// | ||||
583 | /// \returns the low "numBits" bits of this APInt. | ||||
584 | APInt getLoBits(unsigned numBits) const; | ||||
585 | |||||
586 | /// Return an APInt with exactly one bit set in the result. | ||||
587 | static APInt getOneBitSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned BitNo) { | ||||
588 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); | ||||
589 | Res.setBit(BitNo); | ||||
590 | return Res; | ||||
591 | } | ||||
592 | |||||
593 | /// Get a value with a block of bits set. | ||||
594 | /// | ||||
595 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has a contiguous range of bits set. The | ||||
596 | /// bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) will be set. All other | ||||
597 | /// bits will be zero. For example, with parameters(32, 0, 16) you would get | ||||
598 | /// 0x0000FFFF. If hiBit is less than loBit then the set bits "wrap". For | ||||
599 | /// example, with parameters (32, 28, 4), you would get 0xF000000F. | ||||
600 | /// | ||||
601 | /// \param numBits the intended bit width of the result | ||||
602 | /// \param loBit the index of the lowest bit set. | ||||
603 | /// \param hiBit the index of the highest bit set. | ||||
604 | /// | ||||
605 | /// \returns An APInt value with the requested bits set. | ||||
606 | static APInt getBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { | ||||
607 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); | ||||
608 | Res.setBits(loBit, hiBit); | ||||
609 | return Res; | ||||
610 | } | ||||
611 | |||||
612 | /// Get a value with upper bits starting at loBit set. | ||||
613 | /// | ||||
614 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has a contiguous range of bits set. The | ||||
615 | /// bits from loBit (inclusive) to numBits (exclusive) will be set. All other | ||||
616 | /// bits will be zero. For example, with parameters(32, 12) you would get | ||||
617 | /// 0xFFFFF000. | ||||
618 | /// | ||||
619 | /// \param numBits the intended bit width of the result | ||||
620 | /// \param loBit the index of the lowest bit to set. | ||||
621 | /// | ||||
622 | /// \returns An APInt value with the requested bits set. | ||||
623 | static APInt getBitsSetFrom(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit) { | ||||
624 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); | ||||
625 | Res.setBitsFrom(loBit); | ||||
626 | return Res; | ||||
627 | } | ||||
628 | |||||
629 | /// Get a value with high bits set | ||||
630 | /// | ||||
631 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has the top hiBitsSet bits set. | ||||
632 | /// | ||||
633 | /// \param numBits the bitwidth of the result | ||||
634 | /// \param hiBitsSet the number of high-order bits set in the result. | ||||
635 | static APInt getHighBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned hiBitsSet) { | ||||
636 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); | ||||
637 | Res.setHighBits(hiBitsSet); | ||||
638 | return Res; | ||||
639 | } | ||||
640 | |||||
641 | /// Get a value with low bits set | ||||
642 | /// | ||||
643 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has the bottom loBitsSet bits set. | ||||
644 | /// | ||||
645 | /// \param numBits the bitwidth of the result | ||||
646 | /// \param loBitsSet the number of low-order bits set in the result. | ||||
647 | static APInt getLowBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBitsSet) { | ||||
648 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); | ||||
649 | Res.setLowBits(loBitsSet); | ||||
650 | return Res; | ||||
651 | } | ||||
652 | |||||
653 | /// Return a value containing V broadcasted over NewLen bits. | ||||
654 | static APInt getSplat(unsigned NewLen, const APInt &V); | ||||
655 | |||||
656 | /// Determine if two APInts have the same value, after zero-extending | ||||
657 | /// one of them (if needed!) to ensure that the bit-widths match. | ||||
658 | static bool isSameValue(const APInt &I1, const APInt &I2) { | ||||
659 | if (I1.getBitWidth() == I2.getBitWidth()) | ||||
660 | return I1 == I2; | ||||
661 | |||||
662 | if (I1.getBitWidth() > I2.getBitWidth()) | ||||
663 | return I1 == I2.zext(I1.getBitWidth()); | ||||
664 | |||||
665 | return I1.zext(I2.getBitWidth()) == I2; | ||||
666 | } | ||||
667 | |||||
668 | /// Overload to compute a hash_code for an APInt value. | ||||
669 | friend hash_code hash_value(const APInt &Arg); | ||||
670 | |||||
671 | /// This function returns a pointer to the internal storage of the APInt. | ||||
672 | /// This is useful for writing out the APInt in binary form without any | ||||
673 | /// conversions. | ||||
674 | const uint64_t *getRawData() const { | ||||
675 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
676 | return &U.VAL; | ||||
677 | return &U.pVal[0]; | ||||
678 | } | ||||
679 | |||||
680 | /// @} | ||||
681 | /// \name Unary Operators | ||||
682 | /// @{ | ||||
683 | |||||
684 | /// Postfix increment operator. | ||||
685 | /// | ||||
686 | /// Increments *this by 1. | ||||
687 | /// | ||||
688 | /// \returns a new APInt value representing the original value of *this. | ||||
689 | const APInt operator++(int) { | ||||
690 | APInt API(*this); | ||||
691 | ++(*this); | ||||
692 | return API; | ||||
693 | } | ||||
694 | |||||
695 | /// Prefix increment operator. | ||||
696 | /// | ||||
697 | /// \returns *this incremented by one | ||||
698 | APInt &operator++(); | ||||
699 | |||||
700 | /// Postfix decrement operator. | ||||
701 | /// | ||||
702 | /// Decrements *this by 1. | ||||
703 | /// | ||||
704 | /// \returns a new APInt value representing the original value of *this. | ||||
705 | const APInt operator--(int) { | ||||
706 | APInt API(*this); | ||||
707 | --(*this); | ||||
708 | return API; | ||||
709 | } | ||||
710 | |||||
711 | /// Prefix decrement operator. | ||||
712 | /// | ||||
713 | /// \returns *this decremented by one. | ||||
714 | APInt &operator--(); | ||||
715 | |||||
716 | /// Logical negation operator. | ||||
717 | /// | ||||
718 | /// Performs logical negation operation on this APInt. | ||||
719 | /// | ||||
720 | /// \returns true if *this is zero, false otherwise. | ||||
721 | bool operator!() const { | ||||
722 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
723 | return U.VAL == 0; | ||||
724 | return countLeadingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth; | ||||
725 | } | ||||
726 | |||||
727 | /// @} | ||||
728 | /// \name Assignment Operators | ||||
729 | /// @{ | ||||
730 | |||||
731 | /// Copy assignment operator. | ||||
732 | /// | ||||
733 | /// \returns *this after assignment of RHS. | ||||
734 | APInt &operator=(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||
735 | // If the bitwidths are the same, we can avoid mucking with memory | ||||
736 | if (isSingleWord() && RHS.isSingleWord()) { | ||||
737 | U.VAL = RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
738 | BitWidth = RHS.BitWidth; | ||||
739 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
740 | } | ||||
741 | |||||
742 | AssignSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
743 | return *this; | ||||
744 | } | ||||
745 | |||||
746 | /// Move assignment operator. | ||||
747 | APInt &operator=(APInt &&that) { | ||||
748 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | ||||
749 | // The MSVC std::shuffle implementation still does self-assignment. | ||||
750 | if (this == &that) | ||||
751 | return *this; | ||||
752 | #endif | ||||
753 | assert(this != &that && "Self-move not supported")((this != &that && "Self-move not supported") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("this != &that && \"Self-move not supported\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 753, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
754 | if (!isSingleWord()) | ||||
755 | delete[] U.pVal; | ||||
756 | |||||
757 | // Use memcpy so that type based alias analysis sees both VAL and pVal | ||||
758 | // as modified. | ||||
759 | memcpy(&U, &that.U, sizeof(U)); | ||||
760 | |||||
761 | BitWidth = that.BitWidth; | ||||
762 | that.BitWidth = 0; | ||||
763 | |||||
764 | return *this; | ||||
765 | } | ||||
766 | |||||
767 | /// Assignment operator. | ||||
768 | /// | ||||
769 | /// The RHS value is assigned to *this. If the significant bits in RHS exceed | ||||
770 | /// the bit width, the excess bits are truncated. If the bit width is larger | ||||
771 | /// than 64, the value is zero filled in the unspecified high order bits. | ||||
772 | /// | ||||
773 | /// \returns *this after assignment of RHS value. | ||||
774 | APInt &operator=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
775 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
776 | U.VAL = RHS; | ||||
777 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
778 | } else { | ||||
779 | U.pVal[0] = RHS; | ||||
780 | memset(U.pVal+1, 0, (getNumWords() - 1) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
781 | } | ||||
782 | return *this; | ||||
783 | } | ||||
784 | |||||
785 | /// Bitwise AND assignment operator. | ||||
786 | /// | ||||
787 | /// Performs a bitwise AND operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is | ||||
788 | /// assigned to *this. | ||||
789 | /// | ||||
790 | /// \returns *this after ANDing with RHS. | ||||
791 | APInt &operator&=(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||
792 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 792, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
793 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
794 | U.VAL &= RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
795 | else | ||||
796 | AndAssignSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
797 | return *this; | ||||
798 | } | ||||
799 | |||||
800 | /// Bitwise AND assignment operator. | ||||
801 | /// | ||||
802 | /// Performs a bitwise AND operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is | ||||
803 | /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of | ||||
804 | /// the LHS. | ||||
805 | APInt &operator&=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
806 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
807 | U.VAL &= RHS; | ||||
808 | return *this; | ||||
809 | } | ||||
810 | U.pVal[0] &= RHS; | ||||
811 | memset(U.pVal+1, 0, (getNumWords() - 1) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
812 | return *this; | ||||
813 | } | ||||
814 | |||||
815 | /// Bitwise OR assignment operator. | ||||
816 | /// | ||||
817 | /// Performs a bitwise OR operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is | ||||
818 | /// assigned *this; | ||||
819 | /// | ||||
820 | /// \returns *this after ORing with RHS. | ||||
821 | APInt &operator|=(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||
822 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 822, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
823 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
824 | U.VAL |= RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
825 | else | ||||
826 | OrAssignSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
827 | return *this; | ||||
828 | } | ||||
829 | |||||
830 | /// Bitwise OR assignment operator. | ||||
831 | /// | ||||
832 | /// Performs a bitwise OR operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is | ||||
833 | /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of | ||||
834 | /// the LHS. | ||||
835 | APInt &operator|=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
836 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
837 | U.VAL |= RHS; | ||||
838 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
839 | } else { | ||||
840 | U.pVal[0] |= RHS; | ||||
841 | } | ||||
842 | return *this; | ||||
843 | } | ||||
844 | |||||
845 | /// Bitwise XOR assignment operator. | ||||
846 | /// | ||||
847 | /// Performs a bitwise XOR operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is | ||||
848 | /// assigned to *this. | ||||
849 | /// | ||||
850 | /// \returns *this after XORing with RHS. | ||||
851 | APInt &operator^=(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||
852 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
853 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
854 | U.VAL ^= RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
855 | else | ||||
856 | XorAssignSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
857 | return *this; | ||||
858 | } | ||||
859 | |||||
860 | /// Bitwise XOR assignment operator. | ||||
861 | /// | ||||
862 | /// Performs a bitwise XOR operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is | ||||
863 | /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of | ||||
864 | /// the LHS. | ||||
865 | APInt &operator^=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
866 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
867 | U.VAL ^= RHS; | ||||
868 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
869 | } else { | ||||
870 | U.pVal[0] ^= RHS; | ||||
871 | } | ||||
872 | return *this; | ||||
873 | } | ||||
874 | |||||
875 | /// Multiplication assignment operator. | ||||
876 | /// | ||||
877 | /// Multiplies this APInt by RHS and assigns the result to *this. | ||||
878 | /// | ||||
879 | /// \returns *this | ||||
880 | APInt &operator*=(const APInt &RHS); | ||||
881 | APInt &operator*=(uint64_t RHS); | ||||
882 | |||||
883 | /// Addition assignment operator. | ||||
884 | /// | ||||
885 | /// Adds RHS to *this and assigns the result to *this. | ||||
886 | /// | ||||
887 | /// \returns *this | ||||
888 | APInt &operator+=(const APInt &RHS); | ||||
889 | APInt &operator+=(uint64_t RHS); | ||||
890 | |||||
891 | /// Subtraction assignment operator. | ||||
892 | /// | ||||
893 | /// Subtracts RHS from *this and assigns the result to *this. | ||||
894 | /// | ||||
895 | /// \returns *this | ||||
896 | APInt &operator-=(const APInt &RHS); | ||||
897 | APInt &operator-=(uint64_t RHS); | ||||
898 | |||||
899 | /// Left-shift assignment function. | ||||
900 | /// | ||||
901 | /// Shifts *this left by shiftAmt and assigns the result to *this. | ||||
902 | /// | ||||
903 | /// \returns *this after shifting left by ShiftAmt | ||||
904 | APInt &operator<<=(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||
905 | assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount")((ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && \"Invalid shift amount\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 905, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
906 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
907 | if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth) | ||||
908 | U.VAL = 0; | ||||
909 | else | ||||
910 | U.VAL <<= ShiftAmt; | ||||
911 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
912 | } | ||||
913 | shlSlowCase(ShiftAmt); | ||||
914 | return *this; | ||||
915 | } | ||||
916 | |||||
917 | /// Left-shift assignment function. | ||||
918 | /// | ||||
919 | /// Shifts *this left by shiftAmt and assigns the result to *this. | ||||
920 | /// | ||||
921 | /// \returns *this after shifting left by ShiftAmt | ||||
922 | APInt &operator<<=(const APInt &ShiftAmt); | ||||
923 | |||||
924 | /// @} | ||||
925 | /// \name Binary Operators | ||||
926 | /// @{ | ||||
927 | |||||
928 | /// Multiplication operator. | ||||
929 | /// | ||||
930 | /// Multiplies this APInt by RHS and returns the result. | ||||
931 | APInt operator*(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
932 | |||||
933 | /// Left logical shift operator. | ||||
934 | /// | ||||
935 | /// Shifts this APInt left by \p Bits and returns the result. | ||||
936 | APInt operator<<(unsigned Bits) const { return shl(Bits); } | ||||
937 | |||||
938 | /// Left logical shift operator. | ||||
939 | /// | ||||
940 | /// Shifts this APInt left by \p Bits and returns the result. | ||||
941 | APInt operator<<(const APInt &Bits) const { return shl(Bits); } | ||||
942 | |||||
943 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. | ||||
944 | /// | ||||
945 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
946 | APInt ashr(unsigned ShiftAmt) const { | ||||
947 | APInt R(*this); | ||||
948 | R.ashrInPlace(ShiftAmt); | ||||
949 | return R; | ||||
950 | } | ||||
951 | |||||
952 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place. | ||||
953 | void ashrInPlace(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||
954 | assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount")((ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && \"Invalid shift amount\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 954, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
955 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
956 | int64_t SExtVAL = SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth); | ||||
957 | if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth) | ||||
958 | U.VAL = SExtVAL >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1); // Fill with sign bit. | ||||
959 | else | ||||
960 | U.VAL = SExtVAL >> ShiftAmt; | ||||
961 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
962 | return; | ||||
963 | } | ||||
964 | ashrSlowCase(ShiftAmt); | ||||
965 | } | ||||
966 | |||||
967 | /// Logical right-shift function. | ||||
968 | /// | ||||
969 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
970 | APInt lshr(unsigned shiftAmt) const { | ||||
971 | APInt R(*this); | ||||
972 | R.lshrInPlace(shiftAmt); | ||||
973 | return R; | ||||
974 | } | ||||
975 | |||||
976 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place. | ||||
977 | void lshrInPlace(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||
978 | assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount")((ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && \"Invalid shift amount\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 978, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
979 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
980 | if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth) | ||||
981 | U.VAL = 0; | ||||
982 | else | ||||
983 | U.VAL >>= ShiftAmt; | ||||
984 | return; | ||||
985 | } | ||||
986 | lshrSlowCase(ShiftAmt); | ||||
987 | } | ||||
988 | |||||
989 | /// Left-shift function. | ||||
990 | /// | ||||
991 | /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
992 | APInt shl(unsigned shiftAmt) const { | ||||
993 | APInt R(*this); | ||||
994 | R <<= shiftAmt; | ||||
995 | return R; | ||||
996 | } | ||||
997 | |||||
998 | /// Rotate left by rotateAmt. | ||||
999 | APInt rotl(unsigned rotateAmt) const; | ||||
1000 | |||||
1001 | /// Rotate right by rotateAmt. | ||||
1002 | APInt rotr(unsigned rotateAmt) const; | ||||
1003 | |||||
1004 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. | ||||
1005 | /// | ||||
1006 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
1007 | APInt ashr(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const { | ||||
1008 | APInt R(*this); | ||||
1009 | R.ashrInPlace(ShiftAmt); | ||||
1010 | return R; | ||||
1011 | } | ||||
1012 | |||||
1013 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt in place. | ||||
1014 | void ashrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt); | ||||
1015 | |||||
1016 | /// Logical right-shift function. | ||||
1017 | /// | ||||
1018 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
1019 | APInt lshr(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const { | ||||
1020 | APInt R(*this); | ||||
1021 | R.lshrInPlace(ShiftAmt); | ||||
1022 | return R; | ||||
1023 | } | ||||
1024 | |||||
1025 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place. | ||||
1026 | void lshrInPlace(const APInt &ShiftAmt); | ||||
1027 | |||||
1028 | /// Left-shift function. | ||||
1029 | /// | ||||
1030 | /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||
1031 | APInt shl(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const { | ||||
1032 | APInt R(*this); | ||||
1033 | R <<= ShiftAmt; | ||||
1034 | return R; | ||||
1035 | } | ||||
1036 | |||||
1037 | /// Rotate left by rotateAmt. | ||||
1038 | APInt rotl(const APInt &rotateAmt) const; | ||||
1039 | |||||
1040 | /// Rotate right by rotateAmt. | ||||
1041 | APInt rotr(const APInt &rotateAmt) const; | ||||
1042 | |||||
1043 | /// Unsigned division operation. | ||||
1044 | /// | ||||
1045 | /// Perform an unsigned divide operation on this APInt by RHS. Both this and | ||||
1046 | /// RHS are treated as unsigned quantities for purposes of this division. | ||||
1047 | /// | ||||
1048 | /// \returns a new APInt value containing the division result, rounded towards | ||||
1049 | /// zero. | ||||
1050 | APInt udiv(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1051 | APInt udiv(uint64_t RHS) const; | ||||
1052 | |||||
1053 | /// Signed division function for APInt. | ||||
1054 | /// | ||||
1055 | /// Signed divide this APInt by APInt RHS. | ||||
1056 | /// | ||||
1057 | /// The result is rounded towards zero. | ||||
1058 | APInt sdiv(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1059 | APInt sdiv(int64_t RHS) const; | ||||
1060 | |||||
1061 | /// Unsigned remainder operation. | ||||
1062 | /// | ||||
1063 | /// Perform an unsigned remainder operation on this APInt with RHS being the | ||||
1064 | /// divisor. Both this and RHS are treated as unsigned quantities for purposes | ||||
1065 | /// of this operation. Note that this is a true remainder operation and not a | ||||
1066 | /// modulo operation because the sign follows the sign of the dividend which | ||||
1067 | /// is *this. | ||||
1068 | /// | ||||
1069 | /// \returns a new APInt value containing the remainder result | ||||
1070 | APInt urem(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1071 | uint64_t urem(uint64_t RHS) const; | ||||
1072 | |||||
1073 | /// Function for signed remainder operation. | ||||
1074 | /// | ||||
1075 | /// Signed remainder operation on APInt. | ||||
1076 | APInt srem(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1077 | int64_t srem(int64_t RHS) const; | ||||
1078 | |||||
1079 | /// Dual division/remainder interface. | ||||
1080 | /// | ||||
1081 | /// Sometimes it is convenient to divide two APInt values and obtain both the | ||||
1082 | /// quotient and remainder. This function does both operations in the same | ||||
1083 | /// computation making it a little more efficient. The pair of input arguments | ||||
1084 | /// may overlap with the pair of output arguments. It is safe to call | ||||
1085 | /// udivrem(X, Y, X, Y), for example. | ||||
1086 | static void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, | ||||
1087 | APInt &Remainder); | ||||
1088 | static void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, uint64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient, | ||||
1089 | uint64_t &Remainder); | ||||
1090 | |||||
1091 | static void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, | ||||
1092 | APInt &Remainder); | ||||
1093 | static void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, int64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient, | ||||
1094 | int64_t &Remainder); | ||||
1095 | |||||
1096 | // Operations that return overflow indicators. | ||||
1097 | APInt sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1098 | APInt uadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1099 | APInt ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1100 | APInt usub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1101 | APInt sdiv_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1102 | APInt smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1103 | APInt umul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1104 | APInt sshl_ov(const APInt &Amt, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1105 | APInt ushl_ov(const APInt &Amt, bool &Overflow) const; | ||||
1106 | |||||
1107 | // Operations that saturate | ||||
1108 | APInt sadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1109 | APInt uadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1110 | APInt ssub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1111 | APInt usub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; | ||||
1112 | |||||
1113 | /// Array-indexing support. | ||||
1114 | /// | ||||
1115 | /// \returns the bit value at bitPosition | ||||
1116 | bool operator[](unsigned bitPosition) const { | ||||
1117 | assert(bitPosition < getBitWidth() && "Bit position out of bounds!")((bitPosition < getBitWidth() && "Bit position out of bounds!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < getBitWidth() && \"Bit position out of bounds!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1117, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1118 | return (maskBit(bitPosition) & getWord(bitPosition)) != 0; | ||||
1119 | } | ||||
1120 | |||||
1121 | /// @} | ||||
1122 | /// \name Comparison Operators | ||||
1123 | /// @{ | ||||
1124 | |||||
1125 | /// Equality operator. | ||||
1126 | /// | ||||
1127 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the equality | ||||
1128 | /// relationship. | ||||
1129 | bool operator==(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1130 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Comparison requires equal bit widths")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Comparison requires equal bit widths" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Comparison requires equal bit widths\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1130, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1131 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1132 | return U.VAL == RHS.U.VAL; | ||||
1133 | return EqualSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
1134 | } | ||||
1135 | |||||
1136 | /// Equality operator. | ||||
1137 | /// | ||||
1138 | /// Compares this APInt with a uint64_t for the validity of the equality | ||||
1139 | /// relationship. | ||||
1140 | /// | ||||
1141 | /// \returns true if *this == Val | ||||
1142 | bool operator==(uint64_t Val) const { | ||||
1143 | return (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= 64) && getZExtValue() == Val; | ||||
1144 | } | ||||
1145 | |||||
1146 | /// Equality comparison. | ||||
1147 | /// | ||||
1148 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the equality | ||||
1149 | /// relationship. | ||||
1150 | /// | ||||
1151 | /// \returns true if *this == Val | ||||
1152 | bool eq(const APInt &RHS) const { return (*this) == RHS; } | ||||
1153 | |||||
1154 | /// Inequality operator. | ||||
1155 | /// | ||||
1156 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the inequality | ||||
1157 | /// relationship. | ||||
1158 | /// | ||||
1159 | /// \returns true if *this != Val | ||||
1160 | bool operator!=(const APInt &RHS) const { return !((*this) == RHS); } | ||||
1161 | |||||
1162 | /// Inequality operator. | ||||
1163 | /// | ||||
1164 | /// Compares this APInt with a uint64_t for the validity of the inequality | ||||
1165 | /// relationship. | ||||
1166 | /// | ||||
1167 | /// \returns true if *this != Val | ||||
1168 | bool operator!=(uint64_t Val) const { return !((*this) == Val); } | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | /// Inequality comparison | ||||
1171 | /// | ||||
1172 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the inequality | ||||
1173 | /// relationship. | ||||
1174 | /// | ||||
1175 | /// \returns true if *this != Val | ||||
1176 | bool ne(const APInt &RHS) const { return !((*this) == RHS); } | ||||
1177 | |||||
1178 | /// Unsigned less than comparison | ||||
1179 | /// | ||||
1180 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for | ||||
1181 | /// the validity of the less-than relationship. | ||||
1182 | /// | ||||
1183 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when both are considered unsigned. | ||||
1184 | bool ult(const APInt &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) < 0; } | ||||
1185 | |||||
1186 | /// Unsigned less than comparison | ||||
1187 | /// | ||||
1188 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1189 | /// the validity of the less-than relationship. | ||||
1190 | /// | ||||
1191 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when considered unsigned. | ||||
1192 | bool ult(uint64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1193 | // Only need to check active bits if not a single word. | ||||
1194 | return (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= 64) && getZExtValue() < RHS; | ||||
1195 | } | ||||
1196 | |||||
1197 | /// Signed less than comparison | ||||
1198 | /// | ||||
1199 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for | ||||
1200 | /// validity of the less-than relationship. | ||||
1201 | /// | ||||
1202 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when both are considered signed. | ||||
1203 | bool slt(const APInt &RHS) const { return compareSigned(RHS) < 0; } | ||||
1204 | |||||
1205 | /// Signed less than comparison | ||||
1206 | /// | ||||
1207 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1208 | /// the validity of the less-than relationship. | ||||
1209 | /// | ||||
1210 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when considered signed. | ||||
1211 | bool slt(int64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1212 | return (!isSingleWord() && getMinSignedBits() > 64) ? isNegative() | ||||
1213 | : getSExtValue() < RHS; | ||||
1214 | } | ||||
1215 | |||||
1216 | /// Unsigned less or equal comparison | ||||
1217 | /// | ||||
1218 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for | ||||
1219 | /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1220 | /// | ||||
1221 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when both are considered unsigned. | ||||
1222 | bool ule(const APInt &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) <= 0; } | ||||
1223 | |||||
1224 | /// Unsigned less or equal comparison | ||||
1225 | /// | ||||
1226 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1227 | /// the validity of the less-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1228 | /// | ||||
1229 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when considered unsigned. | ||||
1230 | bool ule(uint64_t RHS) const { return !ugt(RHS); } | ||||
1231 | |||||
1232 | /// Signed less or equal comparison | ||||
1233 | /// | ||||
1234 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for | ||||
1235 | /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1236 | /// | ||||
1237 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when both are considered signed. | ||||
1238 | bool sle(const APInt &RHS) const { return compareSigned(RHS) <= 0; } | ||||
1239 | |||||
1240 | /// Signed less or equal comparison | ||||
1241 | /// | ||||
1242 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for the | ||||
1243 | /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1244 | /// | ||||
1245 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when considered signed. | ||||
1246 | bool sle(uint64_t RHS) const { return !sgt(RHS); } | ||||
1247 | |||||
1248 | /// Unsigned greather than comparison | ||||
1249 | /// | ||||
1250 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for | ||||
1251 | /// the validity of the greater-than relationship. | ||||
1252 | /// | ||||
1253 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when both are considered unsigned. | ||||
1254 | bool ugt(const APInt &RHS) const { return !ule(RHS); } | ||||
1255 | |||||
1256 | /// Unsigned greater than comparison | ||||
1257 | /// | ||||
1258 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1259 | /// the validity of the greater-than relationship. | ||||
1260 | /// | ||||
1261 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when considered unsigned. | ||||
1262 | bool ugt(uint64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1263 | // Only need to check active bits if not a single word. | ||||
1264 | return (!isSingleWord() && getActiveBits() > 64) || getZExtValue() > RHS; | ||||
1265 | } | ||||
1266 | |||||
1267 | /// Signed greather than comparison | ||||
1268 | /// | ||||
1269 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for the | ||||
1270 | /// validity of the greater-than relationship. | ||||
1271 | /// | ||||
1272 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when both are considered signed. | ||||
1273 | bool sgt(const APInt &RHS) const { return !sle(RHS); } | ||||
1274 | |||||
1275 | /// Signed greater than comparison | ||||
1276 | /// | ||||
1277 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1278 | /// the validity of the greater-than relationship. | ||||
1279 | /// | ||||
1280 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when considered signed. | ||||
1281 | bool sgt(int64_t RHS) const { | ||||
1282 | return (!isSingleWord() && getMinSignedBits() > 64) ? !isNegative() | ||||
1283 | : getSExtValue() > RHS; | ||||
1284 | } | ||||
1285 | |||||
1286 | /// Unsigned greater or equal comparison | ||||
1287 | /// | ||||
1288 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for | ||||
1289 | /// validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1290 | /// | ||||
1291 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when both are considered unsigned. | ||||
1292 | bool uge(const APInt &RHS) const { return !ult(RHS); } | ||||
1293 | |||||
1294 | /// Unsigned greater or equal comparison | ||||
1295 | /// | ||||
1296 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1297 | /// the validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1298 | /// | ||||
1299 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when considered unsigned. | ||||
1300 | bool uge(uint64_t RHS) const { return !ult(RHS); } | ||||
1301 | |||||
1302 | /// Signed greater or equal comparison | ||||
1303 | /// | ||||
1304 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for | ||||
1305 | /// validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1306 | /// | ||||
1307 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when both are considered signed. | ||||
1308 | bool sge(const APInt &RHS) const { return !slt(RHS); } | ||||
1309 | |||||
1310 | /// Signed greater or equal comparison | ||||
1311 | /// | ||||
1312 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for | ||||
1313 | /// the validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. | ||||
1314 | /// | ||||
1315 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when considered signed. | ||||
1316 | bool sge(int64_t RHS) const { return !slt(RHS); } | ||||
1317 | |||||
1318 | /// This operation tests if there are any pairs of corresponding bits | ||||
1319 | /// between this APInt and RHS that are both set. | ||||
1320 | bool intersects(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1321 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1321, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1322 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1323 | return (U.VAL & RHS.U.VAL) != 0; | ||||
1324 | return intersectsSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
1325 | } | ||||
1326 | |||||
1327 | /// This operation checks that all bits set in this APInt are also set in RHS. | ||||
1328 | bool isSubsetOf(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||
1329 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")((BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1329, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1330 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1331 | return (U.VAL & ~RHS.U.VAL) == 0; | ||||
1332 | return isSubsetOfSlowCase(RHS); | ||||
1333 | } | ||||
1334 | |||||
1335 | /// @} | ||||
1336 | /// \name Resizing Operators | ||||
1337 | /// @{ | ||||
1338 | |||||
1339 | /// Truncate to new width. | ||||
1340 | /// | ||||
1341 | /// Truncate the APInt to a specified width. It is an error to specify a width | ||||
1342 | /// that is greater than or equal to the current width. | ||||
1343 | APInt trunc(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1344 | |||||
1345 | /// Sign extend to a new width. | ||||
1346 | /// | ||||
1347 | /// This operation sign extends the APInt to a new width. If the high order | ||||
1348 | /// bit is set, the fill on the left will be done with 1 bits, otherwise zero. | ||||
1349 | /// It is an error to specify a width that is less than or equal to the | ||||
1350 | /// current width. | ||||
1351 | APInt sext(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1352 | |||||
1353 | /// Zero extend to a new width. | ||||
1354 | /// | ||||
1355 | /// This operation zero extends the APInt to a new width. The high order bits | ||||
1356 | /// are filled with 0 bits. It is an error to specify a width that is less | ||||
1357 | /// than or equal to the current width. | ||||
1358 | APInt zext(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1359 | |||||
1360 | /// Sign extend or truncate to width | ||||
1361 | /// | ||||
1362 | /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is sign | ||||
1363 | /// extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width. | ||||
1364 | APInt sextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1365 | |||||
1366 | /// Zero extend or truncate to width | ||||
1367 | /// | ||||
1368 | /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is zero | ||||
1369 | /// extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width. | ||||
1370 | APInt zextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1371 | |||||
1372 | /// Sign extend or truncate to width | ||||
1373 | /// | ||||
1374 | /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is sign | ||||
1375 | /// extended, or left alone to make it that width. | ||||
1376 | APInt sextOrSelf(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1377 | |||||
1378 | /// Zero extend or truncate to width | ||||
1379 | /// | ||||
1380 | /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is zero | ||||
1381 | /// extended, or left alone to make it that width. | ||||
1382 | APInt zextOrSelf(unsigned width) const; | ||||
1383 | |||||
1384 | /// @} | ||||
1385 | /// \name Bit Manipulation Operators | ||||
1386 | /// @{ | ||||
1387 | |||||
1388 | /// Set every bit to 1. | ||||
1389 | void setAllBits() { | ||||
1390 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1391 | U.VAL = WORDTYPE_MAX; | ||||
1392 | else | ||||
1393 | // Set all the bits in all the words. | ||||
1394 | memset(U.pVal, -1, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
1395 | // Clear the unused ones | ||||
1396 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
1397 | } | ||||
1398 | |||||
1399 | /// Set a given bit to 1. | ||||
1400 | /// | ||||
1401 | /// Set the given bit to 1 whose position is given as "bitPosition". | ||||
1402 | void setBit(unsigned BitPosition) { | ||||
1403 | assert(BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range")((BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitPosition < BitWidth && \"BitPosition out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1403, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1404 | WordType Mask = maskBit(BitPosition); | ||||
1405 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1406 | U.VAL |= Mask; | ||||
1407 | else | ||||
1408 | U.pVal[whichWord(BitPosition)] |= Mask; | ||||
1409 | } | ||||
1410 | |||||
1411 | /// Set the sign bit to 1. | ||||
1412 | void setSignBit() { | ||||
1413 | setBit(BitWidth - 1); | ||||
1414 | } | ||||
1415 | |||||
1416 | /// Set the bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) to 1. | ||||
1417 | void setBits(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { | ||||
1418 | assert(hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range")((hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hiBit <= BitWidth && \"hiBit out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1418, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1419 | assert(loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range")((loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("loBit <= BitWidth && \"loBit out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1419, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1420 | assert(loBit <= hiBit && "loBit greater than hiBit")((loBit <= hiBit && "loBit greater than hiBit") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("loBit <= hiBit && \"loBit greater than hiBit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1420, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1421 | if (loBit == hiBit) | ||||
1422 | return; | ||||
1423 | if (loBit < APINT_BITS_PER_WORD && hiBit <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) { | ||||
1424 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - (hiBit - loBit)); | ||||
1425 | mask <<= loBit; | ||||
1426 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1427 | U.VAL |= mask; | ||||
1428 | else | ||||
1429 | U.pVal[0] |= mask; | ||||
1430 | } else { | ||||
1431 | setBitsSlowCase(loBit, hiBit); | ||||
1432 | } | ||||
1433 | } | ||||
1434 | |||||
1435 | /// Set the top bits starting from loBit. | ||||
1436 | void setBitsFrom(unsigned loBit) { | ||||
1437 | return setBits(loBit, BitWidth); | ||||
1438 | } | ||||
1439 | |||||
1440 | /// Set the bottom loBits bits. | ||||
1441 | void setLowBits(unsigned loBits) { | ||||
1442 | return setBits(0, loBits); | ||||
1443 | } | ||||
1444 | |||||
1445 | /// Set the top hiBits bits. | ||||
1446 | void setHighBits(unsigned hiBits) { | ||||
1447 | return setBits(BitWidth - hiBits, BitWidth); | ||||
1448 | } | ||||
1449 | |||||
1450 | /// Set every bit to 0. | ||||
1451 | void clearAllBits() { | ||||
1452 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1453 | U.VAL = 0; | ||||
1454 | else | ||||
1455 | memset(U.pVal, 0, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||
1456 | } | ||||
1457 | |||||
1458 | /// Set a given bit to 0. | ||||
1459 | /// | ||||
1460 | /// Set the given bit to 0 whose position is given as "bitPosition". | ||||
1461 | void clearBit(unsigned BitPosition) { | ||||
1462 | assert(BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range")((BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BitPosition < BitWidth && \"BitPosition out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1463 | WordType Mask = ~maskBit(BitPosition); | ||||
1464 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1465 | U.VAL &= Mask; | ||||
1466 | else | ||||
1467 | U.pVal[whichWord(BitPosition)] &= Mask; | ||||
1468 | } | ||||
1469 | |||||
1470 | /// Set bottom loBits bits to 0. | ||||
1471 | void clearLowBits(unsigned loBits) { | ||||
1472 | assert(loBits <= BitWidth && "More bits than bitwidth")((loBits <= BitWidth && "More bits than bitwidth") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("loBits <= BitWidth && \"More bits than bitwidth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1472, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1473 | APInt Keep = getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - loBits); | ||||
1474 | *this &= Keep; | ||||
1475 | } | ||||
1476 | |||||
1477 | /// Set the sign bit to 0. | ||||
1478 | void clearSignBit() { | ||||
1479 | clearBit(BitWidth - 1); | ||||
1480 | } | ||||
1481 | |||||
1482 | /// Toggle every bit to its opposite value. | ||||
1483 | void flipAllBits() { | ||||
1484 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
1485 | U.VAL ^= WORDTYPE_MAX; | ||||
1486 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||
1487 | } else { | ||||
1488 | flipAllBitsSlowCase(); | ||||
1489 | } | ||||
1490 | } | ||||
1491 | |||||
1492 | /// Toggles a given bit to its opposite value. | ||||
1493 | /// | ||||
1494 | /// Toggle a given bit to its opposite value whose position is given | ||||
1495 | /// as "bitPosition". | ||||
1496 | void flipBit(unsigned bitPosition); | ||||
1497 | |||||
1498 | /// Negate this APInt in place. | ||||
1499 | void negate() { | ||||
1500 | flipAllBits(); | ||||
1501 | ++(*this); | ||||
1502 | } | ||||
1503 | |||||
1504 | /// Insert the bits from a smaller APInt starting at bitPosition. | ||||
1505 | void insertBits(const APInt &SubBits, unsigned bitPosition); | ||||
1506 | void insertBits(uint64_t SubBits, unsigned bitPosition, unsigned numBits); | ||||
1507 | |||||
1508 | /// Return an APInt with the extracted bits [bitPosition,bitPosition+numBits). | ||||
1509 | APInt extractBits(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const; | ||||
1510 | uint64_t extractBitsAsZExtValue(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const; | ||||
1511 | |||||
1512 | /// @} | ||||
1513 | /// \name Value Characterization Functions | ||||
1514 | /// @{ | ||||
1515 | |||||
1516 | /// Return the number of bits in the APInt. | ||||
1517 | unsigned getBitWidth() const { return BitWidth; } | ||||
1518 | |||||
1519 | /// Get the number of words. | ||||
1520 | /// | ||||
1521 | /// Here one word's bitwidth equals to that of uint64_t. | ||||
1522 | /// | ||||
1523 | /// \returns the number of words to hold the integer value of this APInt. | ||||
1524 | unsigned getNumWords() const { return getNumWords(BitWidth); } | ||||
1525 | |||||
1526 | /// Get the number of words. | ||||
1527 | /// | ||||
1528 | /// *NOTE* Here one word's bitwidth equals to that of uint64_t. | ||||
1529 | /// | ||||
1530 | /// \returns the number of words to hold the integer value with a given bit | ||||
1531 | /// width. | ||||
1532 | static unsigned getNumWords(unsigned BitWidth) { | ||||
1533 | return ((uint64_t)BitWidth + APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||
1534 | } | ||||
1535 | |||||
1536 | /// Compute the number of active bits in the value | ||||
1537 | /// | ||||
1538 | /// This function returns the number of active bits which is defined as the | ||||
1539 | /// bit width minus the number of leading zeros. This is used in several | ||||
1540 | /// computations to see how "wide" the value is. | ||||
1541 | unsigned getActiveBits() const { return BitWidth - countLeadingZeros(); } | ||||
1542 | |||||
1543 | /// Compute the number of active words in the value of this APInt. | ||||
1544 | /// | ||||
1545 | /// This is used in conjunction with getActiveData to extract the raw value of | ||||
1546 | /// the APInt. | ||||
1547 | unsigned getActiveWords() const { | ||||
1548 | unsigned numActiveBits = getActiveBits(); | ||||
1549 | return numActiveBits ? whichWord(numActiveBits - 1) + 1 : 1; | ||||
1550 | } | ||||
1551 | |||||
1552 | /// Get the minimum bit size for this signed APInt | ||||
1553 | /// | ||||
1554 | /// Computes the minimum bit width for this APInt while considering it to be a | ||||
1555 | /// signed (and probably negative) value. If the value is not negative, this | ||||
1556 | /// function returns the same value as getActiveBits()+1. Otherwise, it | ||||
1557 | /// returns the smallest bit width that will retain the negative value. For | ||||
1558 | /// example, -1 can be written as 0b1 or 0xFFFFFFFFFF. 0b1 is shorter and so | ||||
1559 | /// for -1, this function will always return 1. | ||||
1560 | unsigned getMinSignedBits() const { | ||||
1561 | if (isNegative()) | ||||
1562 | return BitWidth - countLeadingOnes() + 1; | ||||
1563 | return getActiveBits() + 1; | ||||
1564 | } | ||||
1565 | |||||
1566 | /// Get zero extended value | ||||
1567 | /// | ||||
1568 | /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a zero extended | ||||
1569 | /// uint64_t. The bitwidth must be <= 64 or the value must fit within a | ||||
1570 | /// uint64_t. Otherwise an assertion will result. | ||||
1571 | uint64_t getZExtValue() const { | ||||
1572 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1573 | return U.VAL; | ||||
1574 | assert(getActiveBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for uint64_t")((getActiveBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for uint64_t" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getActiveBits() <= 64 && \"Too many bits for uint64_t\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1574, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1575 | return U.pVal[0]; | ||||
1576 | } | ||||
1577 | |||||
1578 | /// Get sign extended value | ||||
1579 | /// | ||||
1580 | /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a sign extended | ||||
1581 | /// int64_t. The bit width must be <= 64 or the value must fit within an | ||||
1582 | /// int64_t. Otherwise an assertion will result. | ||||
1583 | int64_t getSExtValue() const { | ||||
1584 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1585 | return SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth); | ||||
1586 | assert(getMinSignedBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for int64_t")((getMinSignedBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for int64_t" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getMinSignedBits() <= 64 && \"Too many bits for int64_t\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h" , 1586, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1587 | return int64_t(U.pVal[0]); | ||||
1588 | } | ||||
1589 | |||||
1590 | /// Get bits required for string value. | ||||
1591 | /// | ||||
1592 | /// This method determines how many bits are required to hold the APInt | ||||
1593 | /// equivalent of the string given by \p str. | ||||
1594 | static unsigned getBitsNeeded(StringRef str, uint8_t radix); | ||||
1595 | |||||
1596 | /// The APInt version of the countLeadingZeros functions in | ||||
1597 | /// MathExtras.h. | ||||
1598 | /// | ||||
1599 | /// It counts the number of zeros from the most significant bit to the first | ||||
1600 | /// one bit. | ||||
1601 | /// | ||||
1602 | /// \returns BitWidth if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of | ||||
1603 | /// zeros from the most significant bit to the first one bits. | ||||
1604 | unsigned countLeadingZeros() const { | ||||
1605 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||
1606 | unsigned unusedBits = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth; | ||||
1607 | return llvm::countLeadingZeros(U.VAL) - unusedBits; | ||||
1608 | } | ||||
1609 | return countLeadingZerosSlowCase(); | ||||
1610 | } | ||||
1611 | |||||
1612 | /// Count the number of leading one bits. | ||||
1613 | /// | ||||
1614 | /// This function is an APInt version of the countLeadingOnes | ||||
1615 | /// functions in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of ones from the most | ||||
1616 | /// significant bit to the first zero bit. | ||||
1617 | /// | ||||
1618 | /// \returns 0 if the high order bit is not set, otherwise returns the number | ||||
1619 | /// of 1 bits from the most significant to the least | ||||
1620 | unsigned countLeadingOnes() const { | ||||
1621 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1622 | return llvm::countLeadingOnes(U.VAL << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth)); | ||||
1623 | return countLeadingOnesSlowCase(); | ||||
1624 | } | ||||
1625 | |||||
1626 | /// Computes the number of leading bits of this APInt that are equal to its | ||||
1627 | /// sign bit. | ||||
1628 | unsigned getNumSignBits() const { | ||||
1629 | return isNegative() ? countLeadingOnes() : countLeadingZeros(); | ||||
1630 | } | ||||
1631 | |||||
1632 | /// Count the number of trailing zero bits. | ||||
1633 | /// | ||||
1634 | /// This function is an APInt version of the countTrailingZeros | ||||
1635 | /// functions in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of zeros from the least | ||||
1636 | /// significant bit to the first set bit. | ||||
1637 | /// | ||||
1638 | /// \returns BitWidth if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of | ||||
1639 | /// zeros from the least significant bit to the first one bit. | ||||
1640 | unsigned countTrailingZeros() const { | ||||
1641 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1642 | return std::min(unsigned(llvm::countTrailingZeros(U.VAL)), BitWidth); | ||||
1643 | return countTrailingZerosSlowCase(); | ||||
1644 | } | ||||
1645 | |||||
1646 | /// Count the number of trailing one bits. | ||||
1647 | /// | ||||
1648 | /// This function is an APInt version of the countTrailingOnes | ||||
1649 | /// functions in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of ones from the least | ||||
1650 | /// significant bit to the first zero bit. | ||||
1651 | /// | ||||
1652 | /// \returns BitWidth if the value is all ones, otherwise returns the number | ||||
1653 | /// of ones from the least significant bit to the first zero bit. | ||||
1654 | unsigned countTrailingOnes() const { | ||||
1655 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1656 | return llvm::countTrailingOnes(U.VAL); | ||||
1657 | return countTrailingOnesSlowCase(); | ||||
1658 | } | ||||
1659 | |||||
1660 | /// Count the number of bits set. | ||||
1661 | /// | ||||
1662 | /// This function is an APInt version of the countPopulation functions | ||||
1663 | /// in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of 1 bits in the APInt value. | ||||
1664 | /// | ||||
1665 | /// \returns 0 if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of set bits. | ||||
1666 | unsigned countPopulation() const { | ||||
1667 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||
1668 | return llvm::countPopulation(U.VAL); | ||||
1669 | return countPopulationSlowCase(); | ||||
1670 | } | ||||
1671 | |||||
1672 | /// @} | ||||
1673 | /// \name Conversion Functions | ||||
1674 | /// @{ | ||||
1675 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, bool isSigned) const; | ||||
1676 | |||||
1677 | /// Converts an APInt to a string and append it to Str. Str is commonly a | ||||
1678 | /// SmallString. | ||||
1679 | void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix, bool Signed, | ||||
1680 | bool formatAsCLiteral = false) const; | ||||
1681 | |||||
1682 | /// Considers the APInt to be unsigned and converts it into a string in the | ||||
1683 | /// radix given. The radix can be 2, 8, 10 16, or 36. | ||||
1684 | void toStringUnsigned(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const { | ||||
1685 | toString(Str, Radix, false, false); | ||||
1686 | } | ||||
1687 | |||||
1688 | /// Considers the APInt to be signed and converts it into a string in the | ||||
1689 | /// radix given. The radix can be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36. | ||||
1690 | void toStringSigned(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const { | ||||
1691 | toString(Str, Radix, true, false); | ||||
1692 | } | ||||
1693 | |||||
1694 | /// Return the APInt as a std::string. | ||||
1695 | /// | ||||
1696 | /// Note that this is an inefficient method. It is better to pass in a | ||||
1697 | /// SmallVector/SmallString to the methods above to avoid thrashing the heap | ||||
1698 | /// for the string. | ||||
1699 | std::string toString(unsigned Radix, bool Signed) const; | ||||
1700 | |||||
1701 | /// \returns a byte-swapped representation of this APInt Value. | ||||
1702 | APInt byteSwap() const; | ||||
1703 | |||||
1704 | /// \returns the value with the bit representation reversed of this APInt | ||||
1705 | /// Value. | ||||
1706 | APInt reverseBits() const; | ||||
1707 | |||||
1708 | /// Converts this APInt to a double value. | ||||
1709 | double roundToDouble(bool isSigned) const; | ||||
1710 | |||||
1711 | /// Converts this unsigned APInt to a double value. | ||||
1712 | double roundToDouble() const { return roundToDouble(false); } | ||||
1713 | |||||
1714 | /// Converts this signed APInt to a double value. | ||||
1715 | double signedRoundToDouble() const { return roundToDouble(true); } | ||||
1716 | |||||
1717 | /// Converts APInt bits to a double | ||||
1718 | /// | ||||
1719 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from integer to double, it just | ||||
1720 | /// re-interprets the bits as a double. Note that it is valid to do this on | ||||
1721 | /// any bit width. Exactly 64 bits will be translated. | ||||
1722 | double bitsToDouble() const { | ||||
1723 | return BitsToDouble(getWord(0)); | ||||
1724 | } | ||||
1725 | |||||
1726 | /// Converts APInt bits to a double | ||||
1727 | /// | ||||
1728 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from integer to float, it just | ||||
1729 | /// re-interprets the bits as a float. Note that it is valid to do this on | ||||
1730 | /// any bit width. Exactly 32 bits will be translated. | ||||
1731 | float bitsToFloat() const { | ||||
1732 | return BitsToFloat(getWord(0)); | ||||
1733 | } | ||||
1734 | |||||
1735 | /// Converts a double to APInt bits. | ||||
1736 | /// | ||||
1737 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from double to integer, it just | ||||
1738 | /// re-interprets the bits of the double. | ||||
1739 | static APInt doubleToBits(double V) { | ||||
1740 | return APInt(sizeof(double) * CHAR_BIT8, DoubleToBits(V)); | ||||
1741 | } | ||||
1742 | |||||
1743 | /// Converts a float to APInt bits. | ||||
1744 | /// | ||||
1745 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from float to integer, it just | ||||
1746 | /// re-interprets the bits of the float. | ||||
1747 | static APInt floatToBits(float V) { | ||||
1748 | return APInt(sizeof(float) * CHAR_BIT8, FloatToBits(V)); | ||||
1749 | } | ||||
1750 | |||||
1751 | /// @} | ||||
1752 | /// \name Mathematics Operations | ||||
1753 | /// @{ | ||||
1754 | |||||
1755 | /// \returns the floor log base 2 of this APInt. | ||||
1756 | unsigned logBase2() const { return getActiveBits() - 1; } | ||||
1757 | |||||
1758 | /// \returns the ceil log base 2 of this APInt. | ||||
1759 | unsigned ceilLogBase2() const { | ||||
1760 | APInt temp(*this); | ||||
1761 | --temp; | ||||
1762 | return temp.getActiveBits(); | ||||
1763 | } | ||||
1764 | |||||
1765 | /// \returns the nearest log base 2 of this APInt. Ties round up. | ||||
1766 | /// | ||||
1767 | /// NOTE: When we have a BitWidth of 1, we define: | ||||
1768 | /// | ||||
1769 | /// log2(0) = UINT32_MAX | ||||
1770 | /// log2(1) = 0 | ||||
1771 | /// | ||||
1772 | /// to get around any mathematical concerns resulting from | ||||
1773 | /// referencing 2 in a space where 2 does no exist. | ||||
1774 | unsigned nearestLogBase2() const { | ||||
1775 | // Special case when we have a bitwidth of 1. If VAL is 1, then we | ||||
1776 | // get 0. If VAL is 0, we get WORDTYPE_MAX which gets truncated to | ||||
1777 | // UINT32_MAX. | ||||
1778 | if (BitWidth == 1) | ||||
1779 | return U.VAL - 1; | ||||
1780 | |||||
1781 | // Handle the zero case. | ||||
1782 | if (isNullValue()) | ||||
1783 | return UINT32_MAX(4294967295U); | ||||
1784 | |||||
1785 | // The non-zero case is handled by computing: | ||||
1786 | // | ||||
1787 | // nearestLogBase2(x) = logBase2(x) + x[logBase2(x)-1]. | ||||
1788 | // | ||||
1789 | // where x[i] is referring to the value of the ith bit of x. | ||||
1790 | unsigned lg = logBase2(); | ||||
1791 | return lg + unsigned((*this)[lg - 1]); | ||||
1792 | } | ||||
1793 | |||||
1794 | /// \returns the log base 2 of this APInt if its an exact power of two, -1 | ||||
1795 | /// otherwise | ||||
1796 | int32_t exactLogBase2() const { | ||||
1797 | if (!isPowerOf2()) | ||||
1798 | return -1; | ||||
1799 | return logBase2(); | ||||
1800 | } | ||||
1801 | |||||
1802 | /// Compute the square root | ||||
1803 | APInt sqrt() const; | ||||
1804 | |||||
1805 | /// Get the absolute value; | ||||
1806 | /// | ||||
1807 | /// If *this is < 0 then return -(*this), otherwise *this; | ||||
1808 | APInt abs() const { | ||||
1809 | if (isNegative()) | ||||
1810 | return -(*this); | ||||
1811 | return *this; | ||||
1812 | } | ||||
1813 | |||||
1814 | /// \returns the multiplicative inverse for a given modulo. | ||||
1815 | APInt multiplicativeInverse(const APInt &modulo) const; | ||||
1816 | |||||
1817 | /// @} | ||||
1818 | /// \name Support for division by constant | ||||
1819 | /// @{ | ||||
1820 | |||||
1821 | /// Calculate the magic number for signed division by a constant. | ||||
1822 | struct ms; | ||||
1823 | ms magic() const; | ||||
1824 | |||||
1825 | /// Calculate the magic number for unsigned division by a constant. | ||||
1826 | struct mu; | ||||
1827 | mu magicu(unsigned LeadingZeros = 0) const; | ||||
1828 | |||||
1829 | /// @} | ||||
1830 | /// \name Building-block Operations for APInt and APFloat | ||||
1831 | /// @{ | ||||
1832 | |||||
1833 | // These building block operations operate on a representation of arbitrary | ||||
1834 | // precision, two's-complement, bignum integer values. They should be | ||||
1835 | // sufficient to implement APInt and APFloat bignum requirements. Inputs are | ||||
1836 | // generally a pointer to the base of an array of integer parts, representing | ||||
1837 | // an unsigned bignum, and a count of how many parts there are. | ||||
1838 | |||||
1839 | /// Sets the least significant part of a bignum to the input value, and zeroes | ||||
1840 | /// out higher parts. | ||||
1841 | static void tcSet(WordType *, WordType, unsigned); | ||||
1842 | |||||
1843 | /// Assign one bignum to another. | ||||
1844 | static void tcAssign(WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1845 | |||||
1846 | /// Returns true if a bignum is zero, false otherwise. | ||||
1847 | static bool tcIsZero(const WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1848 | |||||
1849 | /// Extract the given bit of a bignum; returns 0 or 1. Zero-based. | ||||
1850 | static int tcExtractBit(const WordType *, unsigned bit); | ||||
1851 | |||||
1852 | /// Copy the bit vector of width srcBITS from SRC, starting at bit srcLSB, to | ||||
1853 | /// DST, of dstCOUNT parts, such that the bit srcLSB becomes the least | ||||
1854 | /// significant bit of DST. All high bits above srcBITS in DST are | ||||
1855 | /// zero-filled. | ||||
1856 | static void tcExtract(WordType *, unsigned dstCount, | ||||
1857 | const WordType *, unsigned srcBits, | ||||
1858 | unsigned srcLSB); | ||||
1859 | |||||
1860 | /// Set the given bit of a bignum. Zero-based. | ||||
1861 | static void tcSetBit(WordType *, unsigned bit); | ||||
1862 | |||||
1863 | /// Clear the given bit of a bignum. Zero-based. | ||||
1864 | static void tcClearBit(WordType *, unsigned bit); | ||||
1865 | |||||
1866 | /// Returns the bit number of the least or most significant set bit of a | ||||
1867 | /// number. If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned. | ||||
1868 | static unsigned tcLSB(const WordType *, unsigned n); | ||||
1869 | static unsigned tcMSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n); | ||||
1870 | |||||
1871 | /// Negate a bignum in-place. | ||||
1872 | static void tcNegate(WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1873 | |||||
1874 | /// DST += RHS + CARRY where CARRY is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. | ||||
1875 | static WordType tcAdd(WordType *, const WordType *, | ||||
1876 | WordType carry, unsigned); | ||||
1877 | /// DST += RHS. Returns the carry flag. | ||||
1878 | static WordType tcAddPart(WordType *, WordType, unsigned); | ||||
1879 | |||||
1880 | /// DST -= RHS + CARRY where CARRY is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. | ||||
1881 | static WordType tcSubtract(WordType *, const WordType *, | ||||
1882 | WordType carry, unsigned); | ||||
1883 | /// DST -= RHS. Returns the carry flag. | ||||
1884 | static WordType tcSubtractPart(WordType *, WordType, unsigned); | ||||
1885 | |||||
1886 | /// DST += SRC * MULTIPLIER + PART if add is true | ||||
1887 | /// DST = SRC * MULTIPLIER + PART if add is false | ||||
1888 | /// | ||||
1889 | /// Requires 0 <= DSTPARTS <= SRCPARTS + 1. If DST overlaps SRC they must | ||||
1890 | /// start at the same point, i.e. DST == SRC. | ||||
1891 | /// | ||||
1892 | /// If DSTPARTS == SRC_PARTS + 1 no overflow occurs and zero is returned. | ||||
1893 | /// Otherwise DST is filled with the least significant DSTPARTS parts of the | ||||
1894 | /// result, and if all of the omitted higher parts were zero return zero, | ||||
1895 | /// otherwise overflow occurred and return one. | ||||
1896 | static int tcMultiplyPart(WordType *dst, const WordType *src, | ||||
1897 | WordType multiplier, WordType carry, | ||||
1898 | unsigned srcParts, unsigned dstParts, | ||||
1899 | bool add); | ||||
1900 | |||||
1901 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has the same width as the operands and is | ||||
1902 | /// filled with the least significant parts of the result. Returns one if | ||||
1903 | /// overflow occurred, otherwise zero. DST must be disjoint from both | ||||
1904 | /// operands. | ||||
1905 | static int tcMultiply(WordType *, const WordType *, const WordType *, | ||||
1906 | unsigned); | ||||
1907 | |||||
1908 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has width the sum of the widths of the | ||||
1909 | /// operands. No overflow occurs. DST must be disjoint from both operands. | ||||
1910 | static void tcFullMultiply(WordType *, const WordType *, | ||||
1911 | const WordType *, unsigned, unsigned); | ||||
1912 | |||||
1913 | /// If RHS is zero LHS and REMAINDER are left unchanged, return one. | ||||
1914 | /// Otherwise set LHS to LHS / RHS with the fractional part discarded, set | ||||
1915 | /// REMAINDER to the remainder, return zero. i.e. | ||||
1916 | /// | ||||
1917 | /// OLD_LHS = RHS * LHS + REMAINDER | ||||
1918 | /// | ||||
1919 | /// SCRATCH is a bignum of the same size as the operands and result for use by | ||||
1920 | /// the routine; its contents need not be initialized and are destroyed. LHS, | ||||
1921 | /// REMAINDER and SCRATCH must be distinct. | ||||
1922 | static int tcDivide(WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, | ||||
1923 | WordType *remainder, WordType *scratch, | ||||
1924 | unsigned parts); | ||||
1925 | |||||
1926 | /// Shift a bignum left Count bits. Shifted in bits are zero. There are no | ||||
1927 | /// restrictions on Count. | ||||
1928 | static void tcShiftLeft(WordType *, unsigned Words, unsigned Count); | ||||
1929 | |||||
1930 | /// Shift a bignum right Count bits. Shifted in bits are zero. There are no | ||||
1931 | /// restrictions on Count. | ||||
1932 | static void tcShiftRight(WordType *, unsigned Words, unsigned Count); | ||||
1933 | |||||
1934 | /// The obvious AND, OR and XOR and complement operations. | ||||
1935 | static void tcAnd(WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1936 | static void tcOr(WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1937 | static void tcXor(WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1938 | static void tcComplement(WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1939 | |||||
1940 | /// Comparison (unsigned) of two bignums. | ||||
1941 | static int tcCompare(const WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); | ||||
1942 | |||||
1943 | /// Increment a bignum in-place. Return the carry flag. | ||||
1944 | static WordType tcIncrement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { | ||||
1945 | return tcAddPart(dst, 1, parts); | ||||
1946 | } | ||||
1947 | |||||
1948 | /// Decrement a bignum in-place. Return the borrow flag. | ||||
1949 | static WordType tcDecrement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { | ||||
1950 | return tcSubtractPart(dst, 1, parts); | ||||
1951 | } | ||||
1952 | |||||
1953 | /// Set the least significant BITS and clear the rest. | ||||
1954 | static void tcSetLeastSignificantBits(WordType *, unsigned, unsigned bits); | ||||
1955 | |||||
1956 | /// debug method | ||||
1957 | void dump() const; | ||||
1958 | |||||
1959 | /// @} | ||||
1960 | }; | ||||
1961 | |||||
1962 | /// Magic data for optimising signed division by a constant. | ||||
1963 | struct APInt::ms { | ||||
1964 | APInt m; ///< magic number | ||||
1965 | unsigned s; ///< shift amount | ||||
1966 | }; | ||||
1967 | |||||
1968 | /// Magic data for optimising unsigned division by a constant. | ||||
1969 | struct APInt::mu { | ||||
1970 | APInt m; ///< magic number | ||||
1971 | bool a; ///< add indicator | ||||
1972 | unsigned s; ///< shift amount | ||||
1973 | }; | ||||
1974 | |||||
1975 | inline bool operator==(uint64_t V1, const APInt &V2) { return V2 == V1; } | ||||
1976 | |||||
1977 | inline bool operator!=(uint64_t V1, const APInt &V2) { return V2 != V1; } | ||||
1978 | |||||
1979 | /// Unary bitwise complement operator. | ||||
1980 | /// | ||||
1981 | /// \returns an APInt that is the bitwise complement of \p v. | ||||
1982 | inline APInt operator~(APInt v) { | ||||
1983 | v.flipAllBits(); | ||||
1984 | return v; | ||||
1985 | } | ||||
1986 | |||||
1987 | inline APInt operator&(APInt a, const APInt &b) { | ||||
1988 | a &= b; | ||||
1989 | return a; | ||||
1990 | } | ||||
1991 | |||||
1992 | inline APInt operator&(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { | ||||
1993 | b &= a; | ||||
1994 | return std::move(b); | ||||
1995 | } | ||||
1996 | |||||
1997 | inline APInt operator&(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
1998 | a &= RHS; | ||||
1999 | return a; | ||||
2000 | } | ||||
2001 | |||||
2002 | inline APInt operator&(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { | ||||
2003 | b &= LHS; | ||||
2004 | return b; | ||||
2005 | } | ||||
2006 | |||||
2007 | inline APInt operator|(APInt a, const APInt &b) { | ||||
2008 | a |= b; | ||||
2009 | return a; | ||||
2010 | } | ||||
2011 | |||||
2012 | inline APInt operator|(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { | ||||
2013 | b |= a; | ||||
2014 | return std::move(b); | ||||
2015 | } | ||||
2016 | |||||
2017 | inline APInt operator|(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
2018 | a |= RHS; | ||||
2019 | return a; | ||||
2020 | } | ||||
2021 | |||||
2022 | inline APInt operator|(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { | ||||
2023 | b |= LHS; | ||||
2024 | return b; | ||||
2025 | } | ||||
2026 | |||||
2027 | inline APInt operator^(APInt a, const APInt &b) { | ||||
2028 | a ^= b; | ||||
2029 | return a; | ||||
2030 | } | ||||
2031 | |||||
2032 | inline APInt operator^(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { | ||||
2033 | b ^= a; | ||||
2034 | return std::move(b); | ||||
2035 | } | ||||
2036 | |||||
2037 | inline APInt operator^(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
2038 | a ^= RHS; | ||||
2039 | return a; | ||||
2040 | } | ||||
2041 | |||||
2042 | inline APInt operator^(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { | ||||
2043 | b ^= LHS; | ||||
2044 | return b; | ||||
2045 | } | ||||
2046 | |||||
2047 | inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const APInt &I) { | ||||
2048 | I.print(OS, true); | ||||
2049 | return OS; | ||||
2050 | } | ||||
2051 | |||||
2052 | inline APInt operator-(APInt v) { | ||||
2053 | v.negate(); | ||||
2054 | return v; | ||||
2055 | } | ||||
2056 | |||||
2057 | inline APInt operator+(APInt a, const APInt &b) { | ||||
2058 | a += b; | ||||
2059 | return a; | ||||
2060 | } | ||||
2061 | |||||
2062 | inline APInt operator+(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { | ||||
2063 | b += a; | ||||
2064 | return std::move(b); | ||||
2065 | } | ||||
2066 | |||||
2067 | inline APInt operator+(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
2068 | a += RHS; | ||||
2069 | return a; | ||||
2070 | } | ||||
2071 | |||||
2072 | inline APInt operator+(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { | ||||
2073 | b += LHS; | ||||
2074 | return b; | ||||
2075 | } | ||||
2076 | |||||
2077 | inline APInt operator-(APInt a, const APInt &b) { | ||||
2078 | a -= b; | ||||
2079 | return a; | ||||
2080 | } | ||||
2081 | |||||
2082 | inline APInt operator-(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { | ||||
2083 | b.negate(); | ||||
2084 | b += a; | ||||
2085 | return std::move(b); | ||||
2086 | } | ||||
2087 | |||||
2088 | inline APInt operator-(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
2089 | a -= RHS; | ||||
2090 | return a; | ||||
2091 | } | ||||
2092 | |||||
2093 | inline APInt operator-(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { | ||||
2094 | b.negate(); | ||||
2095 | b += LHS; | ||||
2096 | return b; | ||||
2097 | } | ||||
2098 | |||||
2099 | inline APInt operator*(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { | ||||
2100 | a *= RHS; | ||||
2101 | return a; | ||||
2102 | } | ||||
2103 | |||||
2104 | inline APInt operator*(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { | ||||
2105 | b *= LHS; | ||||
2106 | return b; | ||||
2107 | } | ||||
2108 | |||||
2109 | |||||
2110 | namespace APIntOps { | ||||
2111 | |||||
2112 | /// Determine the smaller of two APInts considered to be signed. | ||||
2113 | inline const APInt &smin(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { | ||||
2114 | return A.slt(B) ? A : B; | ||||
2115 | } | ||||
2116 | |||||
2117 | /// Determine the larger of two APInts considered to be signed. | ||||
2118 | inline const APInt &smax(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { | ||||
2119 | return A.sgt(B) ? A : B; | ||||
2120 | } | ||||
2121 | |||||
2122 | /// Determine the smaller of two APInts considered to be signed. | ||||
2123 | inline const APInt &umin(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { | ||||
2124 | return A.ult(B) ? A : B; | ||||
2125 | } | ||||
2126 | |||||
2127 | /// Determine the larger of two APInts considered to be unsigned. | ||||
2128 | inline const APInt &umax(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { | ||||
2129 | return A.ugt(B) ? A : B; | ||||
2130 | } | ||||
2131 | |||||
2132 | /// Compute GCD of two unsigned APInt values. | ||||
2133 | /// | ||||
2134 | /// This function returns the greatest common divisor of the two APInt values | ||||
2135 | /// using Stein's algorithm. | ||||
2136 | /// | ||||
2137 | /// \returns the greatest common divisor of A and B. | ||||
2138 | APInt GreatestCommonDivisor(APInt A, APInt B); | ||||
2139 | |||||
2140 | /// Converts the given APInt to a double value. | ||||
2141 | /// | ||||
2142 | /// Treats the APInt as an unsigned value for conversion purposes. | ||||
2143 | inline double RoundAPIntToDouble(const APInt &APIVal) { | ||||
2144 | return APIVal.roundToDouble(); | ||||
2145 | } | ||||
2146 | |||||
2147 | /// Converts the given APInt to a double value. | ||||
2148 | /// | ||||
2149 | /// Treats the APInt as a signed value for conversion purposes. | ||||
2150 | inline double RoundSignedAPIntToDouble(const APInt &APIVal) { | ||||
2151 | return APIVal.signedRoundToDouble(); | ||||
2152 | } | ||||
2153 | |||||
2154 | /// Converts the given APInt to a float vlalue. | ||||
2155 | inline float RoundAPIntToFloat(const APInt &APIVal) { | ||||
2156 | return float(RoundAPIntToDouble(APIVal)); | ||||
2157 | } | ||||
2158 | |||||
2159 | /// Converts the given APInt to a float value. | ||||
2160 | /// | ||||
2161 | /// Treast the APInt as a signed value for conversion purposes. | ||||
2162 | inline float RoundSignedAPIntToFloat(const APInt &APIVal) { | ||||
2163 | return float(APIVal.signedRoundToDouble()); | ||||
2164 | } | ||||
2165 | |||||
2166 | /// Converts the given double value into a APInt. | ||||
2167 | /// | ||||
2168 | /// This function convert a double value to an APInt value. | ||||
2169 | APInt RoundDoubleToAPInt(double Double, unsigned width); | ||||
2170 | |||||
2171 | /// Converts a float value into a APInt. | ||||
2172 | /// | ||||
2173 | /// Converts a float value into an APInt value. | ||||
2174 | inline APInt RoundFloatToAPInt(float Float, unsigned width) { | ||||
2175 | return RoundDoubleToAPInt(double(Float), width); | ||||
2176 | } | ||||
2177 | |||||
2178 | /// Return A unsign-divided by B, rounded by the given rounding mode. | ||||
2179 | APInt RoundingUDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, APInt::Rounding RM); | ||||
2180 | |||||
2181 | /// Return A sign-divided by B, rounded by the given rounding mode. | ||||
2182 | APInt RoundingSDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, APInt::Rounding RM); | ||||
2183 | |||||
2184 | /// Let q(n) = An^2 + Bn + C, and BW = bit width of the value range | ||||
2185 | /// (e.g. 32 for i32). | ||||
2186 | /// This function finds the smallest number n, such that | ||||
2187 | /// (a) n >= 0 and q(n) = 0, or | ||||
2188 | /// (b) n >= 1 and q(n-1) and q(n), when evaluated in the set of all | ||||
2189 | /// integers, belong to two different intervals [Rk, Rk+R), | ||||
2190 | /// where R = 2^BW, and k is an integer. | ||||
2191 | /// The idea here is to find when q(n) "overflows" 2^BW, while at the | ||||
2192 | /// same time "allowing" subtraction. In unsigned modulo arithmetic a | ||||
2193 | /// subtraction (treated as addition of negated numbers) would always | ||||
2194 | /// count as an overflow, but here we want to allow values to decrease | ||||
2195 | /// and increase as long as they are within the same interval. | ||||
2196 | /// Specifically, adding of two negative numbers should not cause an | ||||
2197 | /// overflow (as long as the magnitude does not exceed the bith width). | ||||
2198 | /// On the other hand, given a positive number, adding a negative | ||||
2199 | /// number to it can give a negative result, which would cause the | ||||
2200 | /// value to go from [-2^BW, 0) to [0, 2^BW). In that sense, zero is | ||||
2201 | /// treated as a special case of an overflow. | ||||
2202 | /// | ||||
2203 | /// This function returns None if after finding k that minimizes the | ||||
2204 | /// positive solution to q(n) = kR, both solutions are contained between | ||||
2205 | /// two consecutive integers. | ||||
2206 | /// | ||||
2207 | /// There are cases where q(n) > T, and q(n+1) < T (assuming evaluation | ||||
2208 | /// in arithmetic modulo 2^BW, and treating the values as signed) by the | ||||
2209 | /// virtue of *signed* overflow. This function will *not* find such an n, | ||||
2210 | /// however it may find a value of n satisfying the inequalities due to | ||||
2211 | /// an *unsigned* overflow (if the values are treated as unsigned). | ||||
2212 | /// To find a solution for a signed overflow, treat it as a problem of | ||||
2213 | /// finding an unsigned overflow with a range with of BW-1. | ||||
2214 | /// | ||||
2215 | /// The returned value may have a different bit width from the input | ||||
2216 | /// coefficients. | ||||
2217 | Optional<APInt> SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(APInt A, APInt B, APInt C, | ||||
2218 | unsigned RangeWidth); | ||||
2219 | } // End of APIntOps namespace | ||||
2220 | |||||
2221 | // See friend declaration above. This additional declaration is required in | ||||
2222 | // order to compile LLVM with IBM xlC compiler. | ||||
2223 | hash_code hash_value(const APInt &Arg); | ||||
2224 | |||||
2225 | /// StoreIntToMemory - Fills the StoreBytes bytes of memory starting from Dst | ||||
2226 | /// with the integer held in IntVal. | ||||
2227 | void StoreIntToMemory(const APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Dst, unsigned StoreBytes); | ||||
2228 | |||||
2229 | /// LoadIntFromMemory - Loads the integer stored in the LoadBytes bytes starting | ||||
2230 | /// from Src into IntVal, which is assumed to be wide enough and to hold zero. | ||||
2231 | void LoadIntFromMemory(APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Src, unsigned LoadBytes); | ||||
2232 | |||||
2233 | } // namespace llvm | ||||
2234 | |||||
2235 | #endif |